This is only a preview of the August 2005 issue of Silicon Chip. You can view 33 of the 112 pages in the full issue, including the advertisments. For full access, purchase the issue for $10.00 or subscribe for access to the latest issues. Articles in this series:
Items relevant to "Programmable Flexitimer":
Items relevant to "Carbon Monoxide Alert":
Items relevant to "Serial LCD Driver":
Purchase a printed copy of this issue for $10.00. |
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
www.jaycar.com.au
Contents
Vol.18, No.8; August 2005
www.siliconchip.com.au
FEATURES
8 60 Years Of The Atomic Bomb
It’s 60 years since the first atomic bombs were used in warfare. Here’s a
look at the two designs used and their deadly effect – by Keith Walters
22 Direct Petrol Injection
Complex electronics control and direct fuel injection into the combustion
chambers can provide big fuel savings. Here’s how it works – by Julian Edgar
102 Hellschreiber Revisited
Feedback from readers suggests that it’s not as it appears at first glance
PROJECTS TO BUILD
Mudlark A205 Valve
Stereo Amplifier – Page 30.
30 The Mudlark A205 Valve Stereo Amplifier
Want to build a valve stereo amplifier for your hifi system? This class-A2 triode
unit produces 20W/channel and has good performance – by David Whitby
38 Programmable Flexitimer
It’s easy to build, easy to program and can be set to give two sequential time
periods of up to 99 minutes and 59 seconds. What’s more, you can program it
for up to 99 cycles of the time periods – by Jim Rowe
61 Carbon Monoxide Alert
Carbon monoxide can kill. This sensitive unit not only detects this deadly gas
but can automatically control the air vents in your car as well – by John Clarke
74 Serial LCD Driver
Programmable
Flexitimer – Page 38.
Want to use an LCD with your next PC or PICAXE project? Here’s an LCD
driver that’s really cheap and easy to connect – by Graeme Matthewson
82 Enhanced Sports Scoreboard
This upgraded version of the Professional Sports Scoreboard now includes
2-digit fouls displays for the home and away teams – by Jim Rowe
SPECIAL COLUMNS
48 Serviceman’s Log
Tracking down a really rotten fault – by the TV Serviceman
70 Circuit Notebook
(1) Vertical Sync For The Component Video To RGB Converter; (2) LED
Noughts & Crosses; (3) Audio Level Threshold Control; (4) Cheap Pump
Controller; (5) DC-DC Converter For USB Supply Or PICAXE Projects
Carbon Monoxide
Alert – Page 61.
90 Salvage It!
Washing machine pressure switches – by Julian Edgar
94 Vintage Radio
The AWA Radiola B32 transistor portable – by Rodney Champness
DEPARTMENTS
2
4
99
104
Publisher’s Letter
Mailbag
Product Showcase
Ask Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
107
108
109
111
Notes & Errata
Order Form
Market Centre
Ad Index
Serial LCD
Driver – Page 74.
August 2005 1
SILICON
CHIP
www.siliconchip.com.au
Publisher & Editor-in-Chief
Leo Simpson, B.Bus., FAICD
Production Manager
Greg Swain, B.Sc.(Hons.)
Technical Editor
Peter Smith
Technical Staff
John Clarke, B.E.(Elec.)
Ross Tester
Jim Rowe, B.A., B.Sc, VK2ZLO
Reader Services
Ann Jenkinson
Advertising Enquiries
Lawrence Smith
Benedictus Smith Pty Ltd
Phone (02) 9211 8035
Fax: (02) 9211 0068
lawrence<at>benedictus-smith.com
Regular Contributors
Brendan Akhurst
Rodney Champness, VK3UG
Julian Edgar, Dip.T.(Sec.), B.Ed,
Grad.Dip.Jnl
Mike Sheriff, B.Sc, VK2YFK
Stan Swan
SILICON CHIP is published 12 times
a year by Silicon Chip Publications
Pty Ltd. ACN 003 205 490. ABN 49
003 205 490 All material copyright
©. No part of this publication may
be reproduced without the written
consent of the publisher.
Printing: Hannanprint, Noble Park,
Victoria.
Distribution: Network Distribution
Company.
Subscription rates: $83.00 per
year in Australia. For overseas
rates, see the subscription page in
this issue.
Editorial office: Unit 8, 101 Darley
St, Mona Vale, NSW 2103.
Postal address: PO Box 139,
Collaroy Beach, NSW 2097.
Phone (02) 9979 5644.
Fax (02) 9979 6503.
E-mail: silchip<at>siliconchip.com.au
Publisher’s Letter
Some people love
valve amplifiers
For the many people who love valve amplifiers, our decision to publish the Mudlark A205
stereo amplifier, starting on page 30, will be
warmly welcomed. At least, we hope it will.
For a long time we have been asked to publish
a modern valve amplifier and we have resisted,
partly for the reason that no valve amplifier is
a match for a well-designed solid state model,
and partly because valve amplifiers have been
far too expensive, especially when their modest
power output is considered.
So have we retreated from our belief that no valve amplifier is a match
for a well-designed solid-state model? Not for a millisecond!
One of the main reasons why we decided to publish the Mudlark A205 is
that it is quite an innovative design and quite different from the configuration we would have used, if we had proceeded to produce a state-of-theart valve amplifier. If we had gone ahead, we would have used a class AB
push-pull ultralinear output stage, probably preceded by a high voltage op
amp driver, and possibly with nested feedback. We would have hoped for
a power output of around 50 or 60 watts per channel. Using high quality
output transformers, such a design would cost well over $1000, which is
the main reason we did not proceed.
By contrast, the Mudlark is a lower-powered single-ended design using
two paralleled triode-connected beam power pentodes. It also does not use
a conventional output transformer but uses a choke as the combined plate
load for the triodes, with the output signal being capacitively coupled to a
100V line transformer. Other novel features include positive drive (class A2)
via an emitter follower to the grids of the output valves and quite a complex
power supply which includes protection for the valves.
So the Mudlark A205 is a good design but how does its performance
compare with good modern solid-state designs such as our own 15W class A
design from July & August 1998 or our UltraLD 100W class AB design from
November & December 2001? Well, the solid-state designs clearly beat it on
every measured parameter: noise, distortion, frequency response, separation
between channels and so on. Nothing has changed there.
So why are we publishing the circuit and the full constructional details?
Well, in spite of any apparent superiority in the measured figures of solid-state
amplifiers, many people will still find the sound of the Mudlark amplifier
very satisfying. And so it is. But superior to the above-mentioned transistor
amplifiers? Not in my opinion.
However, we think the Mudlark A205 design has considerable merit and
it comes at a price which, while still expensive, is a bargain compared to
many audiophile valve amplifiers available in the marketplace.
So have a look at the first of the Mudlark A205 articles in this issue. We
don’t agree with everything that the designer, David Whitby, advocates but
we are sure that his design will provoke a lively debate.
Leo Simpson
ISSN 1030-2662
* Recommended and maximum price only.
2 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
Innovative • Unique • Interesting • Hard to find products
What’s New?
Video Capture
USB Extender
Digital I/O Card
Captures from digital &
analogue camcorders plus
VCR/TV/DVD. Comes with
front-access connections.
Cat. 23027-7
$299
Use any USB 1.1 device up to
50m away from a PC over
inexpensive UTP cable (not
included).
Cat. 11666-7
$105
A PCI card that provides 48
digital I/O lines and three
16bit counters with a maximum count rate of 10MHz.
Cat. 17053-7
$249
2-in-1 Cordless Skype
and Normal Phone
Make and receive normal voice calls and calls over the
Skype network with this cordless phone. Skype is free VoIP
software that allows the user to make free PC to PC calls
over an internet connection. www.skypephones.com
Cat. 10172-7
$220
ATX Power Supply Tester
A quick and simple way to test ATX
power supplies.
Cat 8131-7
$49
Dual ADSL Router
Enhance reliability and double
your ADSL capacity by using
two different ISP's.
Cat. 10145-7
$399
Serial to Ethernet
Easily web-enable your
serial devices. Allows
RS232/422/485 devices,
including modems to be
used over a TCP/IP network.
Cat. 15141-7 $259
Wireless LAN Card
High speed 802.11G PCI card
that suits both 32 and 64 bit
slots. A higher gain antenna
can be attached.
Cat. 11443-7
$129
Serial over
Bluetooth
This unique unit will allow a
serial connection to become
wireless using Bluetooth.
Cat. 11920-7
$459
Firewire
Hub/Repeater
Have all your firewire devices
plugged in at once with this
6 port hub.
Cat. 2847-7
$85
HD Video and Optical Audio
Switchbox - 3 In 1 Out
Switch between multiple HD/Optical devices
with ease. Connectors include component
video, stereo and optical audio. A remote
control is included.
Cat 23032-7
$119
4 Channel
Surveillance Card
A PCI card with four composite video inputs and one outUSB Serial Ports put for TV display. Comes with
Provides two serial ports from
basic security software. A
one USB port.
SDK model is available.
Cat. 2852-7
$119
Cat. 3429-7
$299
VGA
Splitter/Booster
A powered VGA splitter that
can run the second monitor
up to 80m from the PC.
Cat. 3445-7
$199
Removable HD Kit
An aluminium frame and tray
to convert any standard IDE
HD into a removable
backup/storage device.
Cat. 6802-7
$79
• Generally delivered next day •
Not sure what product
you require?
Call us for friendly advice!
Cable Tracer
This stylish laser scanner is
great for small to medium
sized retail outlets.
A stand is available.
Cat. 1008039-7
$399
Features a single or multitone signal. Comes with two
test leads and a 4-conductor
modular cable.
Cat. 11520-7
$129
ask<at>mgram.com.au
02 4389 8444
www.mgram.com.au
KVM with Sound
RS232 to RS485
Convert RS232 to RS485.
Runs up to 1200m and works
in half or full duplex.
Cat. IC485S-7
$129
Windows
Based
Terminal
Cash Drawer
Can be attached to
Epson/Star/Citizen/Posiflex
parallel receipt printers.
Cat 8897-7
$199
Console Sharer
Allows two workstations to
operate the one PC. Supports
PS/2 keyboard and mouse
with VGA monitor.
Cat 11667-7 $139
PCMCIA
Serial ports
No serial ports on your new
laptop? Easily add two ports
with this PCMCIA card.
Cat 2726-7 $269
This tiny WBT
can attach to
the VESA
mounts on a LCD monitor. It
supports RDP and emulates
SCO, DEC, Wyse etc.
Cat. 1239-7
$649
Magnetic
Card Reader
Reads tracks 1 & 2. Has a
keyboard wedge connection
for easy installation.
Cat. 8768-7
$259
Allows one keyboard, monitor
and mouse to control two
PCs. Switches the sound as
well as the KVM. Includes
1.2m cables.
Cat. 11669-7
$89
Mini
88 key keyboard
Comes with a laptop style
touchpad. A great space
saving replacement for mouse
& keyboard. A cordless model
is available.
Cat. 8751-7
$139
Phone: 02 4389 8444
Dealer
FreeFax: 1800 625 777
inquiries
ask<at>mgram.com.au
welcome
siliconchip.com.au
www.mgram.com.au
August
All prices subject to change without notice. For current pricing visit our website. Pictures are indicative only.
2005 3
SHORE AD/MGRM0805
Laser Barcode
Scanner
MAILBAG
Mixed equalisation preamps
have delicious sound
I read with interest the comments
in the June 2005 issue of SILICON CHIP,
about the phono preamp described
back in July 2002, utilising passive
equalisation. Having built that preamp
circuit shortly after its publication, I
can confirm the sort of sound, typical
of full passive equalisation designs.
Subjectively anyway, its overall distortion seemed quite acceptable and
not excessive.
The equalisation may not have been
absolutely accurate, however this
is not necessarily a major condemnation, as many “high end” phono
preamps are “biased”, apparently
deliberately, to give a specific sound,
something regarded highly in some
audio quarters!
I was somewhat bemused by SILICON CHIP advocating a conventional
feedback circuit design approach.
As a self-confessed audiophile and
vinyl-phile, and having looked at
phono preamp design in considerable
detail and also having built quite a few
different designs, my firm opinion is
that conventional feedback designs,
tend to sound dull and lifeless with
poor transient response, although that
approach admittedly, can produce
potentially very low distortion and
accurate equalisation.
My preferred approach is a combination of “active” low frequency and
“passive” high frequency equalisation.
Increasingly, on the internet and elsewhere, this sort of approach appears
to be gaining popularity for its sonic
and other merits. In recent times, I
have built several phono preamps
of different circuit design but using
this general circuit approach of split
active/passive equalisation and as
a general rule, I find them not only
superb “specs-wise” but sonically,
they are delicious sounding.
The best of both worlds? Yes, I
think so.
Felix Scerri, VK4FUQ,
Ingham, Qld.
Comment: your comments about
transient response are curious, given
4 Silicon Chip
that, regardless of whether passive or
active equalisation is used, an RIAA
preamplifier is effectively a big lowpass filter or integrator (with a more
or less constant -6dB/octave slope). In
other words, the transient response is
largely set by the RC time-constants
and not by the circuit configuration.
If a phono preamp sounds dull
and lifeless (or alternatively, bright
and lively), that suggests that it has
incorrect equalisation or maybe the
input loading is not optimum for the
particular magnetic cartridge.
We do not feel qualified to comment
on preamps with “delicious sound”.
Colour TV nostalgia
enjoyable
I would just like to say how much I
enjoyed reading the two-part article on
the “Start of Colour TV in Australia”
in the March and April 2005 issues of
SILICON CHIP. This brought back lots of
memories, especially the sections on
the Philips and Kriesler sets.
At the time of startup of colour in
Australia, I was working in the North
Queensland distribution warehouse
for Kriesler TV and Audio products
which included the first colour chassis, the 59-1.
We would receive regular semitrailer loads from the factory in Sydney
and then they would be pre-sale tested
before being despatched to retailers
around North Queensland. We kept a
large range of spares for these sets and
regularly had to supply service shops
around the district with parts that had
failed under warranty, especially the
BU126 transistor in the power supply
and the BU108 line output, along with
the triplers.
I recall that many parts for the first
Kriesler and Philips sets were common
and interchangeable. Thanks again for
a great read.
Warren Ray,
Townsville, Qld.
DVD region codes
I saw your reference to DVD region
coding in the article on laptop PCs in
the June issue.
You can get rid of this annoyance
by using a small program called DVD
Region Free which is available from
http://www.dvdidle.com/download.
htm
Its costs are not that much in the
overall scheme of things and if you
want to play other zone disks, it is one
way to do so permanently.
This software allows you to play
DVDs on your PC with no change to
the drive’s region setting, bypassing
the setting as it is set in the drive
properties. It also allows you to burn
disks “region free”.
As far as stand-alone DVD players
are concerned, regional encoding is
a thing of the past on many models.
I will not buy a player unless it will
play my disks which I legitimately
purchased in or from the USA. Many
of the music videos I have are simply
not available here and hence a Zone
4 disk does not exist. The player must
be also capable of playing a “slab of
burnt toast” if I put one in. By this I
mean as far as DVD, DVD-R, DVD+R,
CD, Audio DVD, MP3, Kodak CD, etc,
it must play all formats.
Also, my price limit for a player is
no more than $100. If it lasts two or
three years and then dies, so be it. I’ll
go and get another one. Having had
problems with players before, I now
take a disk that I’ve burnt, which I
KNOW should play, to the store when
I get a new player. I test it in the player
to make sure it’ll play my burnt disks
and then buy THAT player – even if
it’s the display model! Hey – if it says
on the box that it’ll play DVD-R, then
it should do so without any sticking,
stalling, etc.
And a note on burning: burning
siliconchip.com.au
DVDs at maximum speed is one way
to get drink coasters on many standalone players. It’s similar to burning
audio CDs over about 12 or 16 times.
Over this speed, they play on your PC
but on your portable they can skip and
stick like there’s no tomorrow. Slow
the burn speed down and they play
OK on just about everything. The same
goes for DVDs. 2x is the maximum at
which I’ll burn a DVD.
Check out the region-free software
– it works like a treat!
Brad Sheargold,
Collaroy, NSW.
DVD region-free
In his review of laptops in the June
2005 edition, Ross Tester complains
(rightly) about regional coding on
DVDs and DVD drives. There are software packages available that get rid of
this nonsense.
I use one called “DVD Region+CSS
Free”. Once it is running, my PC will
play a DVD from any region. Very
useful as I import – through Amazon
(USA and UK) – DVDs that are just not
available in Australia.
You can get details of this software
from www.dvdidle.com. There is a
30-day trial version available and the
paid version costs $39.95 US.
Nick Booth,
Epping, NSW.
Coolmaster cannot maintain a
constant temperature
I think that there is a major problem
with the Wine Cooler application of
your Coolmaster project, featured in
the June 2005 issue. As I understand
it, the actual temperature that wine is
stored at is not crucial but it is important that this temperature is constant.
So how will the Coolmaster maintain,
say, a temperature of 15°C when the
outside ambient temperature is 10°C?
It will not, as in its present form the
Coolmaster is only suitable for maintaining a constant temperature when
the ambient temperature is above the
fridge temperature.
The answer would be to add a fan
and a heater inside the fridge. This
heater could be left on continuously or
be switched on when the compressor
is not running.
We have a product that would
fit this application as it can control
siliconchip.com.au
cooling and heating. See ZC0606 at:
http://www.oatleyelectronics.com/
bcorner.html.
We also have a mechanical controller that would be suitable for the refrigerator application as its minimum
setting is 4°C.
Branko Justic,
Oatley Electronics Pty Ltd,
Oatley, NSW.
Comment: it is true that the Coolmaster
will not maintain a fridge’s internal
temperature at 15°C or indeed, at any
temperature above the room temperature. We assume that the same comment would apply to most commercial
wine fridges. However, we do not think
that is generally a problem with storing wine in most houses and a drop
in room temperature to 10°C or lower
is not likely to cause a degradation in
the wine.
Photocopiers
going to waste
I’d like to add to the comments from
Todd Noyce in the June Mailbag concerning photocopiers. Earlier this year,
I was at a computing and AV auction
here in Brisbane. Among the lots on
offer were a number of photocopiers,
including one model that I had used
through work when they were new
about six years ago. When they came
up, there were no bids and a number
of them were passed in, not even attracting interest at $5 (it was quipped
that there was probably this value of
paper still in them). These machines
had been “state of the art” and truly
capable, and cost as much as a small
Japanese motorcar when new.
Apart from the bulk of these machines, I seem to recall that one of the
models offered had a gross weight,
including collator and recirculating
automatic document feeder, of about
70kg. But as our previous correspondent mentioned, they are a treasure
trove of electronic and mechanical bits
and pieces. Any one with an interest
in tinkering would be in heaven with
one of these to recycle. Of course, the
machines were offered in running
order so any purchaser would’ve soon
got their money’s worth from them
from their original function. It was
a pity that I had neither the room at
home for one, nor the room in my car
to bring one home.
Atmel’s AVR, from
JED in Australia
JED has designed a range of
single board computers and
modules as a way of using the
AVR without SMT board design
The AVR570 module (above) is a way of
using an ATmega128 CPU on a user base
board without having to lay out the intricate,
surface-mounted surrounds of the CPU, and
then having to manufacture your board on
an SMT robot line. Instead you simply layout
a square for four 0.1” spaced socket strips
and plug in our pre-tested module. The
module has the crystal, resetter, AVR-ISP
programming header (and an optional JTAG
ICE pad), as well as programming signal
switching. For a little extra, we load a DS1305
RTC, crystal and Li battery underneath,
which uses SPI and port G.
See JED’s www site for a datasheet.
AVR573 Single Board Computer
This board uses the AVR570 module and
adds 20 An./Dig. inputs, 12 FET outs, LCD/
Kbd, 2xRS232, 1xRS485, 1-Wire, power reg.
etc. See www.jedmicro.com.au/avr.htm
$330 PC-PROM Programmer
This programmer plugs into a PC printer
port and reads, writes and edits any 28 or
32-pin PROM. Comes with plug-pack, cable
and software.
Also available is a multi-PROM UV eraser
with timer, and a 32/32 PLCC converter.
JED Microprocessors Pty Ltd
173 Boronia Rd, Boronia, Victoria, 3155
Ph. 03 9762 3588, Fax 03 9762 5499
www.jedmicro.com.au
August 2005 5
Mailbag: continued
One prize that I came away with,
and I hope that maybe a reader may
be able to tell me more about it, is a
Philips LBB 1149/00 8-channel audio
mixer. It appears to be a professional
level mixer but I have been unable
to identify it specifically. I have tried
some web searches and spoken directly with both Philips and Thompson,
with no answers to date. I believe that
the unit is less than 15 years old and is
in, apparently, good condition.
Perhaps one of your readers may
know something of the history and
true performance of this mixer?
Campbell Sharp,
Yeronga, Qld.
Possible cure for
STB electrical interference
Following Robert Parnell’s letter the
July 2005 issue about impulse noise
affecting set-top boxes, you might be
interested in how I solved my electrical interference problems for my
Digital STB.
The glitching on my reception was
quite intolerable (every few seconds),
so rather than go back to analog I
sought a solution. I put a 1.8m earth
stake in the ground and connected it
to the antenna system signal ground,
just before the distribution amplifier. It
made a huge improvement and I have
no quad-shield coax!
One possible explanation is that
cleaning out the LF garbage in the
coax braid has removed spikes that
were sufficient in amplitude to drive
the tuner front-end into non-linear
overload.
Firstly, if there is any part of the VHF
spectrum that you can filter, then do
this. I fitted a -50dB VHF filter (Kingray
DPO-UV diplexer) and this made a difference but I am lucky because all my
stations are UHF only. The best general
alternative is a triplexer that can be
used to filter out all non-TV frequencies
and any unused TV bands.
Electrical trade wholesalers such as
Lawrence and Hanson, Middendorps,
Active, etc sell 1.8m copper-plated
earth stakes for about $20. I located
mine in the wettest part of the garden,
taking note of underground gas pipes,
etc. The location was a shade-clothed
6 Silicon Chip
fernery with a built-in mist-spray watering system and it also happened to
be close to where the TV distribution
amplifier is located. I also purchase
6m of some very heavy mains (greenyellow) insulated copper wire.
I soldered the wire and clamp that
comes with the stake and soldered the
other end to the shield/braid at a splitter just before the distribution amplifier. (Leave out the soldering bit if that
is too hard but it does help reduce the
earth path impedance).
This arrangement almost completely eliminated audio/video drop-outs,
pixellation and “no signal” on my
digital tuner.
I would not recommend to anyone
to try using the mains earth for the
antenna as this is “very dirty” and
could make matters worse.
Those people with STBs that run
extremely hot might also benefit from
my clean earth idea as the problem
is eliminated if you don’t have isolated TV outlets. Before I earthed my
antenna it “measured” 2000V! This
is fairly common but not usually
dangerous and is caused by leaky TV
sets. But it does cause tuner modules
to run very hot.
Neil Hecker,
Morwell, Vic.
Comment: the earth stake sounds like
it is worth a try. As a bonus, it would
also give some lightning protection to
the set-top box and TV.
Big energy shortages
looming
I wish to raise a few points about
the infrastructure debate that currently
has the politicians bubbling. There are
a few simple points that there is data
to support:
(1) Our population has increased
by millions since we last built an
AC mains generating station in
Australia.
(2) In some states, 50Hz is regularly
not maintained to “support capacity
problems”.
(3) The number of mains-powered
devices that are available has proliferated in the last 20 years. Witness the
number of powerboards (6, 8 even
10-outlet that are sold. Try and rewire
an old Victorian double brick house.
Each room has only one power point
and except for large rooms, only one
light. Home-theatre systems, computers and home air-conditioning did not
exist in the 1920s.
Every year in Victoria, we have
power shortages at peak times; eg,
mid-winter and mid-summer.
There is much finger-pointing but
NO doing (that is visible). This goes for
the water supply and other infrastructure. I have done some of the research
and the data is unsettling at best. We
do not have the generating capacity
of a modern developed country and
nor do we have fresh water or conservation of water programs adequate
to support industrial growth nor the
projected population growth of the
Federal Government.
Jason Walters,
Melbourne, Vic.
RFID sensor makes
a great cat door
Thank you for designing the RFID
module featured in the June 2004 issue. I adapted its design to make a pet
door which has now been in service
for about nine months now. No longer
do I have to put up with the smell of
cat spray around the house and as a
bonus, bandicoots can no longer get
in the house and spread the cats’ food
around the laundry.
I did modify it slightly with a bigger
ID20 module to increase its range to
15cm and I adapted a commercially
made electric cat door which relied on
reed switches and a rather large magnet, attached to the cat. I mounted the
sensor module in the plastic housing
of the door and have the electronics in
a wall box nearby. It fires the solenoid
in the cat door to open it.
Lloyd Jury,
via email.
Photocopying cost to
SILICON CHIP
With regard to the editorial in the
June 2005 issue on the topic of photocopying, I would say that you are spot
on with regard to the amount of photocopying of articles of various journals
that goes on and I do sympathise.
There appears to be little understanding of the rules in this area and
that includes myself. I hear different
siliconchip.com.au
accounts from my colleagues regarding acceptable use such as “it’s OK to
photocopy just one article” or “one
chapter of a book is legally allowed”.
I have heard “10% of a book is legally
allowed”.
Maybe in your next editorial you
could briefly describe your understanding of the limits to which training organisations can legally copy
materials and when such use would
be a copyright infringement. I’m sure
in many cases the reason is simply
ignorance or old information.
I have really enjoyed the Picaxe
articles you have published recently.
I find this a remarkable device and I’m
planning to get a few experimenter kits
as soon as Microzed gets itself back
on its feet.
Richard Bailey,
Regency Institute of TAFE,
Regency Park, SA.
VU meter makes
good ammeter
Because VU meters are very sensitive, it is easy to use them to measure
siliconchip.com.au
current up to, say 5 amps. All you need
is a suitable shunt.
Take a length of twisted pair from
some Cat-5 cable, solder them together
at one end and to the meter terminals
at the other. To “fine tune” the shunt,
use a suitable power supply, a variable
load and a digital multimeter to do the
calibration, then use a utility knife
blade to “short” across the twisted
pair by cutting through the insulation
at various points until you get the required FSD and current reading on the
multimeter. Finally, trim and resolder
the two ends back together.
I was able to make a 5A meter using
a 17cm length. How cheap is that?
Robert Paterson,
via email.
Open-wound jug elements
not usable on DC
With reference to your shunt-regulating battery charger article in the
June 2005 issue, mention was made of
using the jug elements, as described,
for heating water. Doing this is likely
to result in short element life due to
electrolysis and possibly even accelerated corrosion of the water tank.
Heating elements of open construction as used in electric jugs are only
suitable for AC operation. This is
why in areas where DC mains have
been common (eg, the UK until the
1960s), sealed elements have been
used. In fact, I recall a story where an
electric jug of the open element type
was used in Sydney’s CBD during the
1940s, when DC mains were used by
some consumers. The result was that
the boiled water had an unpleasant
taste due to the “electroplating” taking place.
Note also that 12V coffee makers/
immersion heaters use a sealed element for this reason. If a water heater
dummy load is going to be used for
this project, it would be better to use
a parallel combination of the cheap
12V immersion heaters as sold by auto
accessory and $2 shops. For a 24V
system, series parallel combinations
would be used.
John Hunter,
St Leonards, NSW.
August 2005 7
On August 8th 1945,
the world woke to the startling news that
two days earlier, much of the Japanese city
of Hiroshima had been destroyed by a single
bomb dropped from a US aircraft. A few days
later came the news that the city of Nagasaki
had suffered a similar fate. Shortly after,
the Japanese surrendered.
60
YEARS
of the
ATOMIC
BOMB
8 Silicon
ilicon Chip
hip
by Keith Walters
siliconchip.com.au
M
uch has been written about
the first atomic bomb to be
used in warfare – and it is
interesting to compare the newspaper
reports of the time with more recent
historical descriptions of the same
event.
Recent accounts reports tend to
dwell on the terrible death toll . But
that wasn’t really what the citizens of
the time were so shocked about.
After all, at that point in the war
there were almost nightly raids on
Japanese cities by huge fleets of B29
bombers, which inflicted similar
amounts of damage with similar casualty figures. The after-effects of radiation and fallout are often mentioned
these days but these weren’t really
understood at the time.
An awful realization
No, the real shock was that here at
last was an explanation for one of the
greatest puzzles of WWII: What was
the purpose of the V2 rocket?
Toward the end of WWII the Nazis
launched approximately 5,000 V2
rockets, mostly aimed at Antwerp and
London. At first sight, the V2 sounds
like a formidable weapon: carrying a
one-tonne payload, it could climb to
a height of about 100km and then fall
back to Earth at supersonic speed,
seemingly appearing out of nowhere
before destroying one or at most, two
buildings.
As a military weapon, the V2 was
ludicrously inefficient. They cost more
to build than a conventional bomber,
which could deliver much more explosive punch, far more accurately, and
with a more than half-decent chance of
coming back for another load! Terrifying though the V2 may have sounded,
the vast majority of them simply failed
to hit anything important.
But after August 6th 1945, the whole
world realised what the US and British
military had known for some years:
theV2 was merely one part of a radical
new weapons system, the other part
being the atomic bomb.
Armed with a nuclear warhead, the
V2’s targeting accuracy would cease
to be an issue! Heinrich Himmler (in
charge of Hitler’s dreaded SS) had
actually made occasional references
to such so-called “miracle weapons”
which could “destroy London or New
York with a single stroke.”
Fortunately, as it turned out, building a workable nuclear weapon, particularly one that a V2 could carry,
was far beyond the capabilities of the
Nazi Military Industrial complex. But
nobody had any way of knowing that
at the start of the war.
Manhattan Project
As it was, the amount of industrial
and scientific muscle that was applied
in the USA to the top-secret “Manhattan Project” is simply unbelievable.
Over half a million people worked on
the project at one time or another, the
vast majority having absolutely no idea
what they were working on!
The true cost will probably never be
known, as several large corporations
donated large amounts of time and
resources at cost or for free, and the
thousands of engineers and scientists
were rarely paid overtime. An oftenquoted guesstimate is about $US30
billion (about $A42 billion) in today’s
currency.
Another little-appreciated fact is
that the two bombs that were dropped
used two completely different technologies. The Hiroshima device used
relatively simple “gun-type” bomb
construction but required a staggering amount of equipment and time to
produce the highly enriched uranium
it needed.
This photograph of the damage to Hiroshima is
also historically significant because it is signed by
Col. Paul Tibbets, Pilot of the “Enola Gay” which
dropped the first Atomic Bomb on Japan on August
6th, 1945.
siliconchip.com.au
August 2005 9
The Nagasaki device used plutonium, which costs far less to manufacture but the sophistication of the
necessary implosion detonator device
is, even to this day, far beyond the
technological capabilities of most
countries.
Virtually all of this happened within
a space of about three years, with most
of the critical work done in the final
12 months!
Why?
Much has been written over the last
60 years about the actual reasons the
atomic bombs were used on Japan, a
large part of it being speculation presented as fact.
One fact often overlooked is that the
people making those decisions were
all born in the much tougher world
of the 19th century. They had already
lived through one world war and the
worst economic recession in recorded
history.
The world was a very different place
then. At the time, most Americans
knew virtually nothing about Japan
or its people, apart from the single
fact that the Japanese air force had
launched an unprovoked attack on
Pearl Harbour.
The Allied Powers were also coming
to terms with a massive humanitarian
crisis in Europe, most of it the result
of a drawn-out and futile war that the
recently defeated Axis powers had
effectively lost years before.
So one of the factors would have
been the growing realization that without an order of unconditional surrender
from the Japanese Top Brass, there
seemed little possibility of any quick
end to hostilities in the Pacific.
There was already a massive aerial
bombing campaign under way that
was expected to have destroyed all
of Japan’s military manufacturing capability by early 1946, carried out by
huge fleets of B-29 bombers.
Although there was little question
that the Japanese military would soon
cease to be a major threat, there was
no telling how it long it would be
before the Pacific would again be safe
for shipping.
The Japanese soldiers’ (or probably more correctly, their officers’)
“fight-to-the death” Bushido code was
already resulting in unacceptably high
Allied casualties just trying to secure
some small Pacific islands; the death
toll from an invasion of the Japanese
10 Silicon Chip
mainland would be immeasurably higher.
Hiroshima:
August 6 1945
The only thing that
seemed likely to change
the situation was direct
intervention by the Emperor, and the only thing
that might prod him
into such an unheard-of
breach of protocol would
be a massive display of
overwhelming force.
Originally a “demonstration” explosion in
Tokyo harbour had been
proposed but perhaps
surprisingly this was rejected on the basis that it The blast from a nuclear bomb normally extends far
probably would not look beyond the fire zone. But Hiroshima suffered from a
all that impressive. It huge number of fires fed by gas leaks, exacerbated
by the light construction of the majority of buildings.
might sink a few boats and
cause a mini-tidal wave,
but overall the damage inflicted would plicity of the design, and the shortage
probably be relatively slight.
of further U235 supplies, they decided
A list of potential military targets that testing of the Little Boy design
was drawn up, the list gradually dwin- might be an unnecessary luxury.
dling as city after city was destroyed
The final “combat ready” Little
by conventional bombing raids!
Boy assembly was 3.2 metres long,
By August 1945 there were only two 71cm in diameter and weighed about
working atomic bombs actually avail- 4 tonnes, most of this being made
able, one of each type, and although up by the steel tamper backplate. By
there was some talk of reshaping mid-July the major bomb components
Little Boy’s U235 core to make four had been shipped out to Tinian Island
more implosion bombs, the War Office in several sections on the USS Indievidently decided it didn’t want any anapolis, under intense secrecy. The
further delays. Due to the relative sim- uranium-containing sections were
A few moments ago, there
was a city under there.
About 30 seconds after the
explosion (8.15.15am local
time on August 6, 1945),
the Enola Gay circled
Hiroshima at 30,000 feet –
and the mushroom cloud
was already above them.
The city itself was already
completely obscured by
the thick black smoke
seen at the bottom of the
picture.
siliconchip.com.au
photographs was simply due to conventional fires caused by burning gas
jets when large numbers of wooden
factory buildings collapsed. More
substantial brick and stone structures
even directly under the blast were still
left standing, although no one inside
them would have survived.
Actually the initial death toll wasn’t
all that different from what had already been experienced in dozens
of conventional bombing missions,
although admittedly those didn’t
have the added later complication of
radiation exposure. Visitors to both
sites reported that weeds and grass
had started to sprout again within a
few days, so the effect was more like
that of a savage forest fire.
Nagasaki: August 9 1945
Backup-plane view of the mushroom cloud over Nagasaki, August 9, 1945,
Nagasaki was in fact the backup target, the primary target of Kokura being
obscured by clouds. So too was Nagasaki – but it “earned” its place in history.
flown out separately on three C-54
transport planes.
The projected date of the first bombing mission was August 1 1945, with
a second mission ten days later on
August 11. However, bad weather
delayed the first mission until August
6. Although their primitive on-board
radar systems could establish the general location of a city, if there was substantial cloud cover, there was simply
no way of finding your actual target!
The B-29 “super fortress” finally
selected was piloted by 30-year-old
Colonel Paul Tibbets and christened
“Enola Gay” after his mother. Tibbets is still alive incidentally; you
can read a recent interview with
him at www.guardian.co.uk/g2/
story/0,3605,769634,00.html
You can also visit his website www.
theenolagay.com
The co-pilot was Captain Robert
Lewis, and the weapons specialist
supervising the bombing was US Navy
Captain William “Deke” Parsons.
The 12-man crew also included an
assistant weaponeer, a bombardier, a
navigator, two radar specialists, two
flight engineers, a radio operator and
a tail gunner.
The bomb was assembled on Tinian
Island and checked out on August 5th
ready for a 2:45 AM takeoff the next
day. It was supposed to be left in fullyoperational form but Parsons removed
siliconchip.com.au
the explosive charge from the gun for
re-fitting immediately after takeoff, in
case of a crash.
The mission went off without a
hitch, unlike the trouble-plagued
Nagasaki mission a few days later. At
7:30AM Hiroshima was in plain sight
and so the bomb’s electronic systems
were activated. (Because of the enormous power drain of the valve-based
electronics, the bomb could not be
armed for much more than two hours
before its intended use).
At about 8AM local time the “aim
point”, the Aioi Bridge, was lined up
by Parsons. About 15 minutes later,
Little Boy was released and when
the Enola Gay was safely clear, a
1.3GHz arming signal was transmitted, switching on the bomb’s main
control electronics. When the bomb
fell below 7,000 feet, the onboard radar
altimeters were enabled by the barometric safety switch and when they
detected a height of 1,900 feet above
ground, the cordite explosive charge
was detonated. The U235 “bullet” then
slammed into the tamper/target in
less than six milliseconds, producing
the nuclear explosion only about 150
metres short of the aim point.
Most accounts of the event report
that the city was completely destroyed by the initial explosion but
this is something of an exaggeration.
Most of the devastation seen on later
The actual Fat Man bomb assembly
was fitted into a relatively conventional bomb casing with the necessary
remote control electronics and its batteries. The whole assembly was 3.25
metres long, 1.5 metres in diameter
and weighed about 4.5 tonnes, more
than half of this being the TNT explosive lens system. The B-29 selected
for the mission was had already been
named “Bocks Car” after Frederick C.
Bock, the man who usually piloted it.
It was piloted for the Nagasaki mission
by Major Charles Sweeney. The intended target was the massive arsenal
complex at the city of Kokura, where
the bulk of Japan’s weapons R&D and
manufacture was carried out.
Things started to go wrong right from
the start. (Ironically, the only thing that
worked flawlessly was the bomb itself,
despite the necessity of skipping many
of its final checkout procedures due to
the revised timetable)!
Soon after takeoff they discovered
that the fuel pump attached to the
auxiliary tank was not working, and
although this did not necessarily mean
they had to abandon the mission, it severely limited the amount of time they
could spend searching for their target.
When they reached Kokura, the city was
hidden in clouds so thick that they lost
sight of the other two escort/decoy B29s.
After three fruitless passes over Kokura,
Sweeney decided to try for Nagasaki, the
only other target in range.
There was only enough fuel available for a single pass over Nagasaki,
and since they would have to jettison
Continued on P14
August 2005 11
ANATOMY
OF THE
ATOMIC
BOMBS
The basic theory of an atomic fission
bomb is well known to most scientifically
literate people these days, and was certainly understood by nuclear physicists
by the late 1930s.
Essentially, if a sizeable quantity of
a suitably radioactive material could be
suddenly crushed together into a small
volume, the probability of any particular
neutron colliding with another nucleus
and releasing two or more further neutrons would be greatly increased.
With a suitable “fissile” material the
classic runaway chain reaction would
take place resulting in almost instantaneous splitting of a large proportion
of the nuclei and an enormous burst of
heat and radiation.
“Little Boy”
At first, the only material that seemed
workable for a bomb was the scarce uranium isotope U235, which has a nucleus
consisting of 92 protons and 143 neutrons. Calculations showed it would need
to be refined (that is separated from the
other uranium isotopes) to at least 90%
purity, otherwise the more radioactive
U238 atoms would cause the critical
mass to “jump the gun”, destroying the
bomb after only a very small percentage
of atoms had fissioned.
It was quickly realised that the greater
the amount of compression that could be
applied to the fissile mass, the smaller
the minimum amount that would be
required to produce a true nuclear
explosion.
However the amount of compression that could be practically applied
was heavily dependent on the physical
properties of the strongest available
materials at the time.
The only workable approach envisioned in the early 1940s was a “gun”
design where the fissile material is
made in two separate pieces which are
12 Silicon Chip
slammed together by an explosive charge.
The limitations of tungsten carbide, the
strongest workable material at the time,
meant that a practical weapon would also
need about 65kg of the 90% pure U235 –
there was simply no conceivable method
of applying sufficient compression to any
smaller amount.
As it turned out, only one such “gun
type” uranium weapon was ever built,
codenamed “Little Boy”, the design becoming obsolete before the weapon was
ever tested.
Bomb mechanism
The actual bomb mechanism was made
from a modified anti-aircraft gun. The 65kg
fissile mass was made into two distinct
sections: a 100mm diameter “plug” that
would be fired down the barrel of the gun
and a series of 100mm diameter rings
(constructed like ferrite speaker magnets)
that the plug would “collect” on the way. The
75mm barrel was machined out to 100mm
and a conventional explosive charge would
fire the U235 plug toward the “tamper”.
The tamper consisted of a tungsten
carbide plate mounted in a 2.5 tonne steel
block. This steel block and the gun barrel
had matching threads cut into them so
they could simply be screwed together.
When the explosive charge was fired the
U235 plug and the collected uranium rings
would smash into the tamper, producing a
modestly compressed critical mass of uranium vapour, hopefully compact enough to
start a runaway chain reaction.
The “production” bomb’s control mechanism was amazingly sophisticated for
something built 60 years ago. The bomb
received its final arming signal (after it
had been released from the aircraft),
via a then state-of-the-art 1.3GHz radio
control system. The bomb also contained
a newly developed radar altimeter and a
“fail-safe” atmospheric pressure switch,
which prevented the bomb from detonating
above 7,000 feet.
Only one operational bomb of this type
was ever produced, since by the time it
was ready for combat use, the much more
technically demanding but inherently more
efficient plutonium implosion system had
been successfully tested. Five complete
“Little Boy” bomb mechanisms were actually built by August 1945 but there was only
enough U235 for one of them.
As far as operational safety was concerned, Little Boy was a ludicrously unsafe
weapon! Anything that could have accidentally ignited the cordite charge (a plane
crash or similar vehicle accident) could
have set off a full-yield nuclear explosion.
Although it was always transported with the
explosive charge removed, it was only later
realised that the design had no provision
for waterproofing. Any water entering the
device (in a shipwreck for example) could
have acted as a crude moderator for the
highly enriched uranium.
While this could not produce a true nuclear explosion, it still would cause massive
damage to the surrounding area as well as
delivering a lethal dose of gamma rays and
Here’s something you
can never see again,
because it disappeared
in less than the blink
of an eye. This is a
photo of the actual
“Little Boy” atomic
bomb, ready for
loading aboard the
Enola Gay on Tinian
Island, August 5, 1945.
An interesting aside
– one which would
undoubtedly have
changed history:
would you believe that
just four days after
unloading its topsecret cargo on Tinian,
the US aircraft carrier
“Indianapolis” was
sunk by a Japanese
submarine?
siliconchip.com.au
neutrons to any crew members nearby.
Created under the pressure of wartime
emergency, the Little Boy bomb was a
very inefficient design, in that less than
2% of the 65kg of U235 actually underwent
useful fission. The superior compression
system used on Fat Man allowed a similar
explosive yield (18 - 21kt) using only about
6kg of plutonium.
Another piece
of history: “Fat
Man” being
transported to
the B29 bomber
“Bocks Car”
for its oneway journey to
Nagasaki, August
9, 1945
“Fat man”
So the uranium bomb that was dropped
on Hiroshima (Little Boy) was really
something of an “orphan”. It was originally
undertaken as the atomic fission device
“most likely to work”, on the basis of what
was known in the early 1940s.
To the best of anyone’s knowledge at
the time, the only material in existence that
was suitable for building a fission bomb
was uranium 235. However, as the initial
research got underway, it was realized that
a then-theoretical element with 94 protons
and 145 neutrons might also be suitable.
This was verified after a minute sample
of the element was eventually created
by bombarding U238 with a high-speed
neutron beam from an early model cyclotron. Ultimately, this element was named
“plutonium”.
But while the scientists soon realized
that it might still be possible to base a bomb
design on plutonium, it would require the
development of a vastly more sophisticated
explosive trigger mechanism.
No tamper made from any known substance would be anywhere near strong
enough to withstand the force of the collision that would be necessary to initiate
successful plutonium fission. The only
solution was to shape the plutonium into
a hollow sphere and completely surround
it with a spherical layer of high explosive.
To produce a precisely spherical shock
wave, thousands of experiments were carried out with “explosive lenses” made from
fast and slow-burning TNT mixtures.
The individual explosions had to be
synchronised to within nanoseconds, and
so conventional hot wire electrical fuses
could not be used. Instead, special “exploding wire” detonators were developed.
These were combined with sophisticated
spark-gap triggers driven from a newly
developed portable regulated 8,000V DC
power supply made by Raytheon. The
spark gaps were all fed from a network
of precision RC networks with exactly the
same time-constant. 32 large high voltage
capacitors were needed, and the capacitor/spark gap assembly alone weighed
siliconchip.com.au
over 200 kilograms!
Apart from all this, the scientists and
engineers had only a few months to learn
the entire metallurgy of the brand-new element, plutonium. Initially they had problems
with the plutonium sphere halves warping
after casting and machining, until they
discovered that an alloy of 3% gallium and
97% plutonium was dimensionally stable.
Although, like uranium, plutonium 239
is only weakly radioactive in the “unmoderated” state, chemically it is an extremely
toxic substance and spontaneously bursts
into flame when exposed to air. All the
machining had to be carried out in an
atmosphere of nickel carbonyl gas, which
plated any newly exposed surfaces with a
protective layer of nickel.
The final wartime implosion-type bomb
used about 2.5 tons of TNT-based shaped
charges precision-fitted around a series of
nested shells of various materials. (See
diagram). The entire assembly was housed
in a spherical aluminium alloy shell about
100mm thick and 1,500 mm diameter.
There were 32 separate explosive lens
assemblies, 20 hexagonal and 12 pentagonal, in the same pattern as a soccer ball.
Each assembly consisted of two precision
castings of fast-burning and one casting of
slow-burning explosive. The slow-burning
segment fitted into a conical cavity in the
larger of the fast-burning pieces, and a
further piece of fast-burning explosive was
fitted under this.
The actual plutonium “pit” was machined
into two precision hemispheres that formed
a hollow sphere 90mm in diameter (about
the size of a cricket ball). The 20mm polonium/beryllium neutron initiator fitted
precisely inside the hollow centre.
Surrounding the pit was a 70mm thick
“tamper/reflector” made from natural
uranium. Its purpose was mostly to keep
the pit from rebounding before the full fis-
sion reaction could be completed, but
it also served as a neutron reflector to
enhance the chain reaction. Also a small
part of the “yield” of the bomb (about
20%) would come from fast fission of
the tamper.
Surrounding the tamper was a
115mm “Pusher/Neutron absorber” shell
made from a boron/aluminium alloy.
This was actually part of the mechanism
that “tuned” the implosive shock wave,
although what the neutron absorption
function of the boron actually accomplishes has never been made entirely
clear. The shock waves would move
more slowly through the lightweight
aluminium than they would through the
uranium, and the timing was such that
any reflected energy would be returned
to the core just as the actual chain reaction began, something after the fashion
of a Yagi antenna.
For safety, a 20mm hole was cut
through the plutonium pit and the pusher
and tamper shells to allow the neutron
initiator to be fitted just prior to combat
use. For transport, a dummy sphere of
cadmium removed any possibility of a
chain reaction. Removable precisionmachined aluminium and uranium plugs
allowed this to be withdrawn and the
initiator fitted in its place.
Each of the 32 exploding-wire detonators was connected to an SO239
“UHF” socket, the same type that is
still found today on AM CB radios. (In
those days, “UHF” meant pretty much
anything above about 50MHz!) Since the
detonators had to be fired within +/-10
nanoseconds of each other, 32 precisely
matched lengths of coaxial cable were
required. (Ironically, the necessary polythene dielectric co-ax was yet another
technology that just “happened along”
at the right time!)
August 2005 13
Perhaps more by (bad?) luck than management, the Mitsubishi arms
plant in Nagasaki became ground zero. Here’s what was left of it.
the bomb anyway if they were going to
make it back, the bombardier decided
that if necessary they would attempt
to aim the bomb using the onboard
radar system. Nagasaki turned out
to be covered in even thicker clouds
than Kokura but just as they were
about to release the bomb for a “pot
luck” strike, a small opening appeared
above a large industrial complex that
turned out to be the Mitsubishi arms
manufacturing plant.
Although the bomb itself was of a
completely different design from Little
Boy, the arming sequence was exactly
the same. The bomb was released, and
when the plane was far enough away,
the 1.3GHz arming signal was transmitted, activating the firing electronics. At about 7,000 feet, the barometric
safety switch kicked in, allowing the
radar altimeter/trigger to function.
At 1,650 feet, the radar altimeter
closed a contactor inside the 8,000V
power supply, feeding this voltage to
the RC spark gap array. A couple of
milliseconds later, all 32 spark gaps
arced over within 10 nanoseconds of
each other, sending 32 identical high
voltage pulses to the array of exploding
wire fuses. An instant later 32 identical convex flame fronts were shaped
and merged into a single spherical
imploding shock wave. The various
metal layers were vaporised as the
wave travelled through them, the
surface area of the spherical shock
wave decreasing by a factor of about 16
times, thus increasing the pressure by
a similar amount. The plutonium pit
14 Silicon Chip
Nagasaki suffered less damage than Hiroshima, due
largely to the city’s topography.
was compressed by a factor of about
2.5 times, a remarkable figure for a
virtually solid ball of metal!
When the shock wave reached the
centre, the neutron initiator assembly
was instantly converted to a series of
high pressure jets of beryllium/polonium vapour which mixed with the
vaporised plutonium to “kick-start”
the chain reaction.
Once the chain reaction was under
way a massive burst of high-speed
neutrons struck the surrounding cloud
of uranium vapour, fissioning some of
the U238 atoms and adding about 20%
to the explosive yield.
The yield of the explosion was
estimated at about 21,000 tonnes,
completely destroying the largely corrugated iron structures of Mitsubishi
plant, with an initial death toll estimated at about 70,000. As was the case
with Hiroshima, the death toll would
have been a lot lower if people had
retreated to the simple but effective
bomb shelters dug into the hillsides.
Because of the small number of aircraft
involved, they probably assumed it
was a reconnaissance mission.
It may seem incredible now, to think
that it took the Japanese over a week
to surrender after the massive devastation of the initial Hiroshima blast, but
the sad fact was that communications
were so poor at the time that most of
the populace (military included) simply had no idea that the attacks had
taken place! All that they knew at the
nearby army bases was that all communication (radio, telephone or tele-
graph) from the bombed cities abruptly
ceased, all at the same moment. Petrol
was only available for military use, and
civilian transport between cities was
virtually non-existent.
There are numerous accounts from
Japanese Air Force pilots who were
sent to investigate and who simply
had no idea what had happened, since
there was no sign of the cratering seen
on conventional bombardments.
The immediate post-war period
When the war ended on August 15
1945 obviously there was an abrupt
change of priorities. Now that the
plants were up and running, operating
costs fell dramatically and so production of weapons-grade uranium and
plutonium continued, but few actual
working bombs were constructed. By
October 1945 there were 60 Fat Man
assemblies (without plutonium pits)
available but by July 1946 there were
still only seven fully operational Fat
Man type weapons in the US arsenal.
Presumably the US government had
more pressing things to spend its money on at the time and so the nuclear
weapons program was put on the back
burner. However in 1949 the detection
of traces of radioactive fallout drifting
across from Siberia indicated that the
Soviet Union had successfully tested a
nuclear weapon of its own. As it turned
out, this was basically a direct copy of
Fat Man, constructed using information supplied by spies operating inside
Los Alamos. From that point the Arms
Race began in earnest.
SC
siliconchip.com.au
10 SECONDS IN THE LIFE OF AN ATOMIC BOMB
This amazing series of photographs is of the world’s first atomic bomb blast – at Alamagordo, New Mexico, USA on July 16, 1945.
(Photos in this feature courtesy atomicarchive.com)
6: The mushroom cloud
starts to form – two seconds
after detonation.
1: The early fireball, taken
just sixteen milliseconds after
detonation.
7: And grows –
three seconds after
detonation.
2: Another nine milliseconds
later, (at 0.025s) not much
appears to have changed.
8: Again at four seconds
after detonation.
3: Here’s the fireball
at 53 milliseconds.
9: The head starts to take on
the familiar mushroom form –
seven seconds after detonation.
4: And at 62
milliseconds it’s
growing . . .
10: The mushroom head
fully formed ten seconds
after detonation.
5: Less than one
tenth of a second
after
detonation.
5: And
again at 90
milliseconds.
siliconchip.com.au
siliconchip.com.au
August
ugust 2005 15
2005 15
A
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
dicksmith.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
dicksmith.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
dicksmith.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
dicksmith.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
dicksmith.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
dicksmith.com.au
The Alfa Romeo 156 JTS (“Jet Thrust
Stoichiometric”) engine uses Bosch
direct injection. This gives the
performance of a 2.3-litre unit, yet
consumes 10% less fuel. The 2-litre
engine has the same capacity as the
Twin Spark engine it replaces, yet
power is up from 114kW to 121kW
and torque rises from 187Nm to
206Nm. [Alfa Romeo]
By Julian Edgar
Direct Petrol Injection
Complex electronic control and direct fuel
injection can provide fuel savings of up to
40%. The injectors work at much higher
fuel pressures and must inject the fuel in
extremely short times, within each cylinder’s
intake or compression stroke.
C
ONVENTIONAL ELECTRONIC
fuel-injected engines use injectors
to squirt fuel into the intake ports. In
a sequentially injected engine, each
injector opens a short time before
its associated intake valves, while in
simultaneous-injected engines the
injectors all open at the same time.
In either case, the cloud of small fuel
droplets is drawn into the engine only
22 Silicon Chip
when the intake valves open. But a
new breed of fuel-injected engines is
now appearing.
As the name suggests, Direct Petrol
Injection uses injectors that add fuel
directly to the combustion chamber.
Like diesel engines, the air/fuel mixing occurs inside the combustion
chamber, rather than in the inlet ports.
Taking this approach gives far greater
control over the combustion process,
allowing for a variety of combustion
operating modes, including those
having ultra-lean air/fuel ratios. However, the degree of electronic control
required to make smooth transitions
from one combustion operating mode
to another is complex and engine operating processes need to be monitored
far more closely than is the case with
conventional port fuel injection.
Manufacturers are deciding that
the added complexity is worth it –
Mitsubishi has produced more than
700,000 direct-injected petrol engines
(although none has been sold outside
Japan) and BMW and Alfa Romeo are
now selling cars with direct injected
engines in Australia.
Direct injected engines have even
won major motor sports events, with
siliconchip.com.au
HIGH PRESSURE
PUMP
CARBON CANISTER
FUEL RAIL
CANISTER
PURGE VALVE
AIR-MASS METER WITH
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
ACCELERATOR
PEDAL MODULE
INJECTOR
THROTTLE
DEVICE
(EGAS)
IGNITION COIL
PRESSURE CONTROL
VALVE
INTAKE
MANIFOLD
SENSOR
PHASE SENSOR
OXYGEN
SENSOR
(LSU)
FUEL PRESSURE
SENSOR
KNOCK
SENSOR
PRE-CATALYST
EGR VALVE
EXHAUST
GAS TEMP.
SENSOR
ELECTRONIC
CONTROL UNIT
NOX
CATALYST
DIAGNOSIS INTERFACE
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP
DELIVERY MODULE, INCLUDING
LOW PRESSURE PUMP
IMMOBILISER
BOSCH COMPONENTS SPECIFICALLY FOR DE
CAN
BOSCH COMPONENTS
OXYGEN
SENSOR
(LSF)
Fig.1: the Bosch MED Motronic engine management system, which uses direct fuel injection, looks similar to
conventional engine management. However, it uses a new Electronic Control Unit with many different functions, a
second high pressure fuel pump, new design injectors, a fuel rail pressure sensor, and a second NOx catalyst. Some
of the sensors are also used in unconventional ways. [Bosch]
Audi’s direct-injected 455kW twin
turbo 3.6-litre V8 triumphing at Le
Mans.
FUEL INJECTOR CROSS-SECTION
1
System mechanicals
Fig.1 shows the layout of the Bosch
direct injection system. Its mechanical
elements differ from conventional port
injection in several ways.
First, the fuel supply system uses
two fuel pumps – a conventional
electrical fuel pressure pump (in the
past dubbed a high-pressure pump
but now referred to in this system as
a low-pressure pump) and a mechanically driven high-pressure pump. The
low-pressure pump works at pressures
of 0.3-0.5MPa while the high-pressure
pump boosts this very substantially
to 5-12MPa.
The high-pressure fuel is stored in
the fuel rail that feeds the injectors.
The fuel rail is made sufficiently large
that pressure fluctuations within it
are minimised as each injector opens.
The pressure of the fuel in the injector supply rail is controlled by an
siliconchip.com.au
2
3
The fuel injectors used for direct injection
are subjected to enormous pressures.
Minimum injector opening time is just
5ms and droplets are on average smaller
than 20µm – just one-fifth the size of
traditional injectors and one-third the
diameter of a human hair. [Bosch]
Fig.2 (right): cross-section of a direct petrol
injection injector. (1) fuel inlet with strainer,
(2) electrical connections, (3) spring, (4)
solenoid, (5) injector housing, (6) nozzle
needle with solenoid armature, (7) valve seat,
(8) injector outlet passage. [Bosch]
4
5
6
7
8
August 2005 23
TORQUE (M)
THROTTLE-VALVE POSITION/
EXCESS AIR FACTOR (l)
Stratified Mode
STRATIFIED MODE
HOMOGENEOUS MODE
Fig.3: although at least six different modes of combustion can occur in a direct
injection engine, this diagram shows the two main modes. In Stratified Mode,
the injector adds the fuel during the compression stroke, just before the spark
plug fires. In the period between the injection finishing and the spark plug
firing, the airflow movement within the combustion chamber transports the
air/fuel mixture towards the spark plug. This results in a portion of relatively
rich air/fuel mixture surrounding the spark plug electrode while the rest of the
combustion chamber is relatively lean. In Homogenous Mode, injection starts
on the intake stroke, so there is sufficient time for the air/fuel mixture to be
distributed throughout the combustion chamber. Stratified Mode can result in
air/fuel ratios as lean as an incredible 55:1. [Bosch]
electronically-controlled bypass valve
that can divert fuel from the highpressure pump outlet back to its inlet.
The fuel bypass valve is varied in flow
by being pulse-width modulated by
the Electronic Control Unit (ECU). A
fuel pressure sensor is used to monitor
fuel rail pressure.
a
1
0
Ivm
b
Ih
tvm
c
0
ton
INJECTED
FUEL
QUANTITY
NEEDLE LIFT
CURRENT
Imax
0
toff
d
INJECTION DURATION
Fig.4: direct injection injectors use
a peak/hold system of operating;
(a) is the triggering signal from
the ECU, (b) is the actual injector
current, (c) injector needle lift, (d)
injected fuel quantity. A booster
capacitor is used to provide the
high opening current. [Bosch]
24 Silicon Chip
Second, compared with a conventional port fuel injection system,
the fuel injectors must be capable of
working with huge fuel pressures and
also injecting large amounts of fuel
in very short periods. Fig.2 shows a
cross-sectional view of an injector. The
reason for the much reduced time in
which the injection can be completed
is due to the fact that all the injection
must at times occur within a portion
of the induction stroke.
Port fuel injectors have two complete rotations of the crankshaft in
which to inject the fuel charge – at an
engine speed of 6000 RPM, this corresponds to 20ms. However, in some
modes, direct fuel injectors have only
5ms in which to inject the full-load
fuel. The fuel requirements at idle can
drop the opening time to just 0.4ms.
Direct injection fuel droplets are on
average smaller than 20µm – one-fifth
the droplet size of traditional injectors and one-third the diameter of a
human hair.
Finally, the very lean air/fuel ratios
at which direct injection systems can
operate result in the production of
large quantities of oxides of nitrogen
(NOx). As a result, direct-injected cars
require a primary catalytic converter
fitted close to the engine and also a
main catalytic converter – incorpo-
Homogeneous Mode
a
b
l=1
0
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION
Fig.5: during Stratified Charge
Mode, the throttle is held wideopen, irrespective of the driver’s
accelerator pedal input. In this
mode, the air/fuel ratio (Bosch
refer to an increased ‘excess
air ratio’) is very lean when the
torque request is low, with the
air/fuel ratio gradually becoming
richer as more torque is required.
At a certain point, the engine
changes to Homogenous Mode.
With the change in modes, the
throttle valve opening becomes
related to the driver’s torque
request and the air/fuel ratio
holds a constant stoichiometric
ratio (ie, 14.7:1 or Lambda = 1)
across the rest of the engine load
range. [Bosch]
rating an NOx accumulator – fitted
further downstream.
Combustion modes
The really radical nature of direct
siliconchip.com.au
OPERATING MODE COORDINATION
Priority
OPERATING MODE SWITCHING
Function
1 Monitoring concept
2 Component protection
3 Limp-home functions
4 Adjustability of torque
and oxygen content limits
5 Catalytic converter heating
6 NOx accumulator
regeneration
7 SOx accumulator
regeneration
8 Starting/warming up
9 Diagnostic system manager
10 Operating mode map
Required
operating mode
Changeover
Function
Control
Functions
•
•
•
•
Exhaust
recirculation
Fuel tank venting
Swirl flap
EGAS
Fig.6: the direct injection system incorporates an operating-mode co-ordinator
which uses a 10-stage priority system. Before the selected combustion mode
starts to occur, control functions for exhaust-gas recirculation, fuel tank
ventilation, charge-movement flap and electronic throttle settings are initiated
as required. The system waits for acknowledgement that these actions have
been carried out before altering fuel injection and ignition timing to provide the
appropriate combustion mode. [Bosch]
fuel injection can be seen when the
different combustion modes are examined. There are at least six different
ways in which combustion can take
place.
• Stratified Charge Mode: at low
torque output up to about 3000 RPM,
the engine is operated in Stratified
Charge Mode. Here, the injector adds
the fuel during the compression stroke,
just before the spark plug fires.
In the period between the injection
finishing and the spark plug firing,
the air-flow movement within the
combustion chamber transports the
air/fuel mixture into the vicinity of
the spark plug. This results in a portion of relatively rich air/fuel mixture
surrounding the spark plug electrode,
while the rest of the combustion chamber is relatively lean.
The gas filling the rest of the chamber
Current
operating mode
For example:
• Homogeneous mixture
• Homogeneous lean mixture
• Stratified mixture
• Double injection
often comprises recirculated exhaust
gases, resulting in a reduced combustion temperature and decreased NOx
emissions. In Bosch direct injection
systems, the air/fuel ratio within the
whole combustion chamber can be as
lean as 22:1 - 44:1.
Mitsubishi states that total combustion chamber air/fuel ratios of
35:1 - 55:1 can be used. Compare this
with a conventional port fuel injected
engine that seldom uses an air/fuel
ratio leaner than 14.7:1.
• Homogenous Mode: Homogenous
Mode is used at high torque outputs
and at high engine speeds. Injection
Left & above: Audi has won Le Mans using direct-injected engines. The twinturbo 3.6-litre V8s developed 455kW, despite having to breathe through two
32.4mm restrictors and having the boost of the twin turbos limited to just under
10 psi. The adoption of direct petrol injection allowed the compression ratio
to be lifted a point and gave a fuel reduction of 8-10%, a torque increase of 9%
over a wide RPM range and quicker starting and better driveability. [Audi]
siliconchip.com.au
August 2005 25
CONTROL UNIT
HIGH PRESSURE PUMP
PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE
PRESSURE SENSOR
FUEL DISTRIBUTOR
INJECTORS
Fig.7: the high-pressure pump is driven directly from the engine and develops fuel pressures as high as 12MPa. This high
pressure is regulated by a fuel pump bypass valve which is pulse width modulated by the Electronic Control Unit. The
injectors are opened with a burst of high current from a capacitor that delivers up to 90V. A dedicated sensor monitors
fuel rail pressure. [Bosch]
The BMW 760 uses a direct injection 6-litre V12 developing 327kW and
600Nm. It complies with the EU4 emission standard in Europe and the LEV
(Low Emission Vehicle) standard in the USA. Fuel consumption in the EU test
cycle is 13.4 litres/100 km. The car accelerates from 0-100km/h in 5.5 seconds
and continues on to 200km/h in 17 seconds. [BMW]
26 Silicon Chip
starts on the intake stroke so there is
sufficient time for the air/fuel mixture
to be distributed throughout the combustion chamber. In this mode, Bosch
systems use an air/fuel ratio of 14.7:1
(the same as with port fuel injection at
light loads), while Mitsubishi use air/
fuel ratios from 13:1 – 24:1.
• Homogenous Lean-Burn Mode:
during the transition between Stratified and Homogenous Modes, the engine can be run with a homogeneously
lean air/fuel ratio.
• Homogenous Stratified Charge
Mode: initially, this mode appears
nonsensical – how can the combustion process be both homogenous and
stratified? However, what occurs is not
one but two injection cycles.
The initial injection occurs during
the intake stroke, giving plenty of
time for the fuel to mix with the air
throughout the combustion chamber.
Then, during the compression stroke,
a second amount of fuel is injected.
This leads to the creation of a rich zone
around the spark plug. The rich zone
easily ignites, which in turn ignites the
leaner air/fuel ratio within the remainder of the combustion chamber.
Of the total fuel addition, approxisiliconchip.com.au
mately 75% occurs during the first
injection and 25% during the second.
The Homogenous Stratified Charge
Mode is used during the transition
from Stratified Charge to Homogenous
Modes.
In addition there are at least two
more modes: Homogenous Anti-Knock
and Stratified Charge Cat-Heating. The
first is used at full throttle and the
second to rapidly heat the catalytic
converter to operating temperature.
A final mode – mentioned in only
some of the literature – is Rich Homogenous Mode, which is used to
regenerate the NOx accumulator in
the main catalytic converter. (The
NOx accumulator deposits oxides of
nitrogen in the form of NHO3 nitrates.
When the accumulator is regenerated,
the nitrates – together with carbon
monoxide – are reduced in the exhaust
to nitrogen and oxygen.)
Fig.3 shows the two primary combustion modes.
Electronic control systems
As indicated earlier, the injectors
must be opened against very high fuel
pressures. This is done using a peak/
hold technique, whereby the opening
current is very high and the “hold”
current much reduced. A dedicated
triggering module is used to control
the injectors, with a booster capacitor
providing 50-90V to initially open the
injector. Fig.4 shows this process.
The sensing of the mass of cylinder
charge is more complex on a directinjected engine than a conventional
port-injected engine. This is because at
times recirculated exhaust gas forms a
major component of the total cylinder
charge. As a result, two cylinder charge
sensors are used. These comprise a
conventional hot-film mass air-flow
sensor (similar to a hot-wire air-flow
meter) and a manifold pressure sensor
(MAP sensor).
The flow through the air-flow meter
is used as an input into the calculation of the pressure within the intake
manifold and this is then compared
with the actual intake manifold pressure measured by the MAP sensor. The
difference between the two indicates
the mass flow of the recirculated exhaust gas.
As with many conventional engine
management systems, direct injection
requires the use of an electronically
controlled throttle. In conventional
systems, the actual throttle opening
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.8: fuel is introduced directly into the combustion chamber by the highpressure injectors. Depending on the operating mode, the fuel can be added
during the intake stroke, the compression stroke or during both the intake
and compression strokes. [Bosch]
Fig.9: there are two main approaches to aiming the fuel spray. In Wall Guided
(left), the air movement within the combustion chamber guides the area of rich
mixture in the direction of the spark plug. In Spray Guided (right), the fuel is
injected directly into the vicinity of the spark plug. The latter approach gives
improved emissions and fuel economy but thermally stresses the spark plug.
[Bosch]
more or less follows the driver’s accelerator pedal torque request. By
contrast, in direct injected engines,
the throttle is fully open for much of
the time and varying the fuel delivery
regulates engine torque output.
Fig.5 shows how this occurs. During
Stratified Charge Mode, the throttle
is held wide-open, irrespective of the
driver’s accelerator pedal input. When
the torque request is low, the air/fuel
ratio is very lean (Bosch refer to this
as an increased ‘excess air ratio’), with
the air/fuel ratio gradually becoming
richer as more torque is required.
At a certain point, which corresponds on an engine-specific basis
to engine speed and the amount of
torque required, the engine changes
to Homogenous Mode. (For simplicity,
the transitional Homogenous LeanBurn Mode is ignored in this diagram.)
With the change in modes, the throttle
valve opening becomes related to the
driver’s torque request and the air/
fuel ratio holds a constant stoichioAugust 2005 27
losses – the engine is no longer trying
to breathe through the restriction of
the nearly-closed throttle. However,
the downside of this is that the partial
vacuum that’s normally available for
the brake booster will be lacking. To
overcome this problem, a vacuum
switch or pressure sensor monitors
brake booster vacuum and if it is
necessary, the combustion mode is
altered so that vacuum again becomes
available.
Increased efficiencies
This photo shows the BMW V12 injectors and fuel rail. Fuel rail pressure varies
from 30-100 Bar. The injection pumps are fitted above the outlet camshafts and
are driven by an additional cam. [BMW]
metric air/fuel ratio (that is, 14.7:1 or
Lambda = 1) across the rest of the
engine load range.
The system incorporates an operating-mode co-ordinator which maps
operating mode against engine speed
and torque request. Fig.6 shows a
schematic diagram of the functioning
of this controller.
As can be seen, a 10-stage priority
allocation is used when determining
the required operating mode. Before
the selected combustion mode starts
INJECTION
to occur, control functions for exhaustgas recirculation, fuel tank ventilation,
charge-movement flap (ie, port tumble
valves or variable length intake manifold) and electronic throttle settings
are initiated as required. The system
waits for acknowledgement that these
actions have been carried out before
altering the fuel injection and ignition
timing.
The advantage of having the electronic throttle valve fully open at low
loads is a huge reduction in pumping
IGNITION
COMBUSTION &
ENGINE START
As well as the huge reduction in
pumping losses at low loads (due to
the throttle being wide open), thermodynamic efficiencies are also increased
during Stratified Charge Mode. This is
because the rich cloud of combustible
air/fuel mixture around the spark plug
is thermally insulated by the layer of
air and recirculated exhaust gas that
surrounds it.
Together with the much leaner
air/fuel ratios than can be used in a
conventional port injected engine,
the result is a fuel efficiency improvement that can be up to 40% at idle.
Mitsubishi state that at 35km/h, their
direct injected engines use 35% less
fuel than a comparably-sized conventional engine and that in the Japanese
10-15 Urban Driving Cycle (albeit a
slow speed cycle), the direct-injected
engine uses less fuel than even a comparable diesel engine.
During homogenous mode operation, both the use of an air/fuel ratio
that is never richer than 14.7:1 and the
higher compression ratios normally associated with direct injection engines
result in a fuel saving of about 5%.
Conclusion
Fig.10: another advantage of direct injection is that it is possible to start a
hot engine without using the starter motor. This approach reduces startup hydrocarbon emissions, making it more attractive to use engines that
automatically switch off if the car has been stationary for a period. [Bosch]
28 Silicon Chip
Mitsubishi has been building direct
injection petrol engines since 1996
but they have not been able to achieve
worldwide success with their designs
due, it is said, to the engines’ reliance
on high-quality fuel. Now Bosch has
developed technology which is allowing direct injected engines to be sold
around the world. Combine direct
injection technology with the hybrid
cars being widely developed – plus
perhaps downsized and turbocharged
engines – and we’re certainly in for
some interesting times ahead.
But without the sophisticated electronics working behind the scenes,
none of these engines would be posSC
sible.
siliconchip.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
www.altronics.com.au
MUDL ARK
A 205
a u d i o
s y s t e m s
A 20-watt/channel class A2 triode amplifier
Over the years, we have had lots of requests to design and publish
a valve stereo amplifier. We have always resisted, partly because
of the huge expense of a valve amplifier and the comparatively
poor performance relative to well-designed solid-state amplifiers.
But now we present a modern valve amplifier, designed by David
Whitby. It uses quite a few novel techniques to keep the cost down
while obtaining good performance. We’ll let David tell the story . . .
Pt.1: By DAVID WHITBY
V
ALVE AMPLIFIERS are undergoing
a resurgence today and those who
would like to own one are often confused by all the technical and marketing jargon (eg, which type, brand, model, circuit, valve types, etc are best?).
Many people are understandably put
off by the fact that they may have to sell
the family car to get the best model and
the special speakers and super cables,
etc that they are told you may need to
make it all work properly.
Take heart – the Mudlark A205 is a
modern stylish design which works
well with medium-efficiency speakers
and comes as an affordably-priced kit
or as a fully built-up amplifier.
The Mudlark A205 comes in two
parts, the main amplifier and the
separate power supply box. The main
chassis has four large output valves
and two smaller driver valves. These
are placed either side of a central
rectangular housing which accommo30 Silicon Chip
dates the filter and plate load chokes
and output transformers.
The chassis itself is a rugged
aluminium extrusion while the front
panel is made of polished black Bakelite with the labelling screen-printed
in white for good legibility. The two
vertical Perspex panels at the top of
the amplifier are edge-lit with blue
LEDs. Combined with the soft reddish
glow from the filaments of the valves,
this really adds to the appearance of
the amplifier.
The front panel is quite simple, with
just a toggle switch for the power and
two push-on/push-off switches for
program selection and negative feedback on/off. Typical program sources
which can be used include CD, tuner
or tape deck.
The overall styling is a combination
of retro and modern which should
have a very high PAF (partner acceptance factor).
Why Mudlark? The Mudlark A205 is
really the big brother of the Australianbuilt Mudlark A2-1 (pictured in this
article), which was chosen as one of
the highlights and also the “cutest
thing” at the 2003 HiFi and AV Show
in London. It has now been sold in
Europe, the UK and the USA. The
A2-1 is a small 2-channel valve circuit
teamed with a solid-state subwoofer
amplifier, while the A205 is a bigger
full-range valve system.
The A2 designation stands for class
A2 operation. This refers to class-A
which involves positive drive to the
grids of the output valves on positive
signal peaks for increased efficiency
and higher power (sometimes called
“extended” class-A in valve literature).
Valve sound
Simply put, a valve amplifier will
have a particular tonal quality, desiliconchip.com.au
The front panel controls are
simple and include a power
switch, a volume control, a
negative feedback (in/out)
switch and a source selector
switch.
pendent on the circuit configuration
and valve types and even the brand of
valve. This will be due to factors such
as the relative levels of remnant second harmonic versus third harmonic
components. Even very minute levels
and differences can alter the perceived
richness, sharpness, smoothness, etc.
The generally lower damping factor of
a valve amplifier (compared to the very
high damping factor of solid-state amplifiers) also shifts the tonal spectrum,
producing the “warmer” sound often
attributed to valve amplifiers.
All of this is hard to measure
and quantify and is quite subjective but the bottom line is that
valve enthusiasts find the sound
attractive and enjoy experimenting with the circuits and loudspeaker combinations.
The measured performance of
valve amplifiers usually looks worse
than for a solid-state amplifier but
siliconchip.com.au
The rear panel has RCA sockets for the source inputs plus the left & right
channel speaker outputs.
August 2005 31
Fig.1 (left): the Mudlark is a 3-stage
single-ended amplifier operating
in class-A2. Its two output valves
are connected in parallel to give
increased current drive, doubling
the power available from a single
valve. The circuit is unconventional
because of the emitter follower
used to drive the grids of the
output valves and in the use of a
choke as the plate load instead of a
conventional output transformer.
don’t let this put you off as the type of
distortion and not just the total (THD)
has a real influence on the final sound
character.
A valve stereo amplifier need not
cost the earth, as you will see with this
amplifier. The aim with the A205 was
to get the looks and sound of a good
valve amplifier with enough power
to drive medium to high-sensitivity
speakers.
Design features
Rather than going for a push-pull
design, the chosen mode for the A205
is single ended triode. This early
mode of valve amplifier operation is
becoming quite common with audiophile designs today and although it
is harder to get high power and low
distortion than with a push-pull design, its particular sound character has
found many followers. The residual
distortion components of single-ended
designs are mainly second harmonic
(harmonious!) and a smaller amount
of third harmonic, allowing operation
with low or zero negative feedback.
Most single-ended circuits of the
1940s to 1960s used pentode valves
(eg, radios or “radiograms”), which
had their own “tone” and often boomy
bass – liked by many but hardly hifi.
Very few people have experienced
single-ended triode circuits with good
transformers and high quality modern
signal sources. I prefer triode operation
for the output valves but have used
a pentode in the output valve driver
circuit in a configuration which has
very low distortion.
Modern rugged Russian valves from
the 6L6 family have been chosen for
the A205.These are beam power valves
and are used as power triodes by connecting the screen grid to the plate
(anode) in the circuit. Of all the reasonably priced power valves available
32 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
that I have tried, I find the modern 6L6
family of valves to be a good choice for
sound, reliability and availability. Big
power triodes like the 300B are good
but they can be really expensive and I
think most people will be happy with
the 6L6 triode sound, their long life
and low replacement cost.
The actual types supplied with the
kit are Russian-made Sovtek 6L6WXT
or Electro-Harmonix 6L6GC/EH or the
5881. The latter is a ruggedised version
of the 6L6 and it has a slightly different
sound than the other valves. All these
valves are made in the millions every
year for famous name guitar and audio
amplifiers around the world.
The pre/driver valve is the 6GW8/
ECL86 or 14GW8/PCL86 triodepentode which combines one half
of a 12AX7 type triode with a 9-watt
power pentode. Both valve types are
identical except for heater voltage and
this is catered for by a link on the main
PC board.
The 6GW8 was used in huge numbers of sound systems in the 1960s,
while the 14GW8/PCL86 was used as
the sound section in millions of black
and white TV sets in Europe, the UK
and the USA. The 14GW8/PCL86 is
available in large quantities and this is
the one supplied in the kit. The 6GW8
is available as NOS (new old stock)
and is more expensive.
These valves were designed when
miniature valve design was well advanced and are excellent as a combined pre/driver and output valve
for small amplifiers and for driving
larger power valves in higher-powered
systems. In the A205, these valves are
operated at far below their maximum
ratings, resulting in good linearity and
long life.
Transformer solutions
The power transformer in a typical valve amplifier is usually big and
costly, with multiple windings for
HT (high tension), heaters, bias, etc.
By contrast, the Mudlark uses two
standard toroidal transformers interconnected in a unique way to provide
all the necessary voltages. This results
in big cost savings without loss of
performance.
Just as expensive as the power transformer in a typical high performance
valve amplifier is the output transformer, especially so for a single-ended
design. The high plate current in the
primary winding of single-ended
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.2: this set of plate current curves for the 6L6 family of valves shows
the additional characteristic for positive grid voltage (red curve).
transformers means a 20-watt unit
can weigh several kilograms and cost
$200+ each.
To overcome this, we have used an
output configuration that has become
known as “parafeed”. This uses a
relatively low-cost high impedance
choke as the load for the plates of the
output valves and a capacitor couples
the audio signal to the primary of the
output transformer. As a result, there
is zero DC in the primary winding, so
the output transformer can be much
smaller and lower in cost without
sacrificing quality.
Circuit description
Let’s have a look at the amplifier
section first – see Fig.1.
The audio signals are switched by
a 2-way push-on/push-off switch and
fed directly to a 50kW dual-ganged
(log) potentiometer. From there, the
signal is fed via a 22kW 1W resistor to
the grid of the triode section of valve
V1 (14GW8, etc). The output signal
The Mudlark A205
is the big brother of
the Mudlark A2-1,
a small 2-channel
valve amplifier
teamed with a solidstate sub-woofer
amplifier. The
“A2” designation
stands for class-A2
operation, which
involves positive
drive to the grids of
the output valves
on positive signal
peaks for increased
efficiency and
higher power.
August 2005 33
The power supply box houses
two large toroid transformers,
which are connected back to
back. Their outputs are fed to
an octal socket and connected
to the amplifier board via a
1.5-metre cable.
from the plate of this valve is coupled
via a 22nF 400V polyester capacitor
and an attenuator consisting of 470kW
and 220kW resistors to the grid of the
pentode section.
The pentode section is supplied
with a screened grid voltage of 120V.
This is below the lowest voltage swing
of the anode and under these conditions, the driver stage contributes very
little distortion to the amplifier.
The output impedance of the pentode driver is 13.5kW, as set by the two
27kW 3W paralleled plate resistors.
Fig.3: want to bypass that dreadful
transistor? Here’s how to do it. The
result will be a small reduction in
maximum power output.
34 Silicon Chip
This is suitable to drive the grids of
the 6L6 valves directly (class-A) but
improved performance (class-A2) is
provided by the use of a BF469 transistor as an emitter follower. This is
important because, depending on the
signal amplitude, the grid is driven positive and does draw grid current but only
on the highest positive peaks.
Incidentally, this is a no-no for some
valves but the 6L6 is characterised for
positive grid current, as can be seen
in Fig.2. In practice, with average listening levels and reasonably efficient
speakers, class A2 is seldom reached
but is available if needed. It allows
higher peak power for more headroom,
which also translates into higher RMS
power if measured with a sinewave
input signal.
Two valves are used in the output
stage. They are connected in parallel
and have a common 56W cathode resistor, bypassed by a 220mF capacitor. The
plate current for the two valves passes
through a 9H (nine Henry) choke –
essentially three standard compact
fluorescent ballasts connected in series
– and this provides a high AC impedance but low DC resistance to supply
the HT to the plates. The output signal
is then coupled to the primary of the
output transformer via a 10mF 400V
polypropylene capacitor.
As result, since there is no DC in
the primary of the output transformer,
it can be a small and relatively lowcost hifi 100V line transformer. This
is my version of the “parafeed” mode
referred to earlier and it gives substantial cost reductions while giving good
performance.
The bias on the output valves is a
mixture of negative grid bias, provided
via the emitter follower, and cathode
bias provided by the common 56W
cathode resistor. The latter provides
a degree of automatic adjustment of
the plate current to compensate for
changes in plate voltage and valve
aging.
For those not familiar with valve
operation, they can be likened to Nchannel FETs, in which the operating
current is set by the negative gatesource voltage. In a valve, the plate
current is set by the grid-cathode
voltage, called the “bias”.
By the way, for those people who
don’t like the idea of a transistor
being used in a valve amplifier, it is
possible to keep the circuit “pure”
siliconchip.com.au
siliconchip.com.au
August 2005 35
Fig.4: this is the circuit for the power supply. It incorporates a delay circuit to prevent HT being applied to the output valve plates
until their cathodes are at the correct operating temperature.
Here’s a sneak preview of the PC board inside the amplifier case. We’ll show you how to build it next month.
and bypass the transistor, as shown
in Fig.3. This does cause a reduction
in maximum power of less than 3dB.
This is noticeable only at very high
output but otherwise the character of
the amplifier is not changed.
While we’re on the subject of bias,
the pentode section of the first stage
operates with cathode bias, provided
by the 220W 1W resistor. This is not
bypassed by a capacitor, so we have
cathode current feedback, otherwise
known as “cathode degeneration”.
This serves to lower the stage gain and
slightly improve linearity.
The triode section of the first stage
also employs cathode bias. However, in
this case, the 680W resistor is bypassed
by the 220mF and 470nF capacitors, so
the full gain of the triode is obtained,
although to set the required gain and
reduce noise, some of it is lost in the
following resistive attenuator. Note
that the 680W resistor also carries the
cathode current from the triode section
in the other channel (V4).
36 Silicon Chip
The triode grid also has a small degree of negative feedback applied from
the secondary of the output transformer, via a 220kW resistor to the junction
of the 100kW and 10kW grid resistors.
Switch S2, on the front panel, allows
the negative feedback to be cancelled,
which gives a gain increase of about
+6dB and a corresponding increase
in harmonic distortion. The switch is
included for those people who may
prefer to use the amplifier without any
overall feedback.
The overall gain of the driver is set
at 20 and the drive voltage capability
is in excess of 120V peak-peak.
Two output valves were used in
parallel to get the required power.
With both channels operating, power
output is 17-20 watts per channel (3440 watts in total) over a 220-245VAC
mains voltage range.
Power supply
Most of the power supply is housed
in or above the main chassis while the
two toroidal transformers are mounted
in a separate box. The power supply
circuit is shown in Fig.4.
The power supply looks fairly complicated but that is mainly as a result
of the delay circuit which stops the
high voltage (HT) being applied to the
valves before their cathodes have been
heated by the filament current. Without this delay, the HT could initially
rise to quite high values, which could
damage some of the filter capacitors.
It could also cause what is known
as “cathode stripping” when higher
than normal HT voltages are applied
to the plate before the correct cathode
temperature is reached and material
is stripped from the cathode, thereby
reducing valve life. The extra complication is well worth it for extended
valve and component life.
In essence, the two 160VA toroidal
transformers, T1 & T2, are connected
back-to-back. Transformer T1 runs
conventionally, supplying 25VAC
to the 30VAC centre-tapped secondsiliconchip.com.au
ary winding of transformer T2. With
25VAC applied in this way and coupling losses due to reverse operation,
T2 produces 150VAC at full load on
what would normally be its primary
winding. This feeds a voltage doubler
rectifier circuit consisting of diodes D1
& D2 and four 270mF capacitors.
The DC from the voltage doubler
is further smoothed by the LC filters
consisting of 3H (three Henry) chokes
and 100mF 400V capacitors. The
resulting output is about 400V DC.
Incidentally, the 3H choke used here
is the same compact ballast
choke as used for the valve
plate chokes. These chokes
are of extremely high quality
and low noise. Better still,
they are Australian-made and
are a bargain when compared
to hard-to-get and costly EI
lamination chokes.
If you have looked closely
at the valve circuit of Fig.1,
you will have noted that the
supply voltages to the plate
chokes for the output valves
are + 480V (nominal). How so?
The extra 100V comes from a diode
pump involving diodes D4, D5, D6 &
D7 and two 1000mF 63V capacitors.
The 100V DC is stored in four 1000mF
63V capacitors which are connected as
two series-connected pairs, to obtain
sufficient voltage rating. This diode
pump circuit also supplies +60V,
from the junction of diodes D5 & D6
and the associated 1000mF capacitor.
The +60V is the positive supply rail
for the emitter follower Q1 (and Q2 in
the other channel).
Another diode pump circuit, involving diodes D8-D11, provides the
-27V and -120V rails for the emitter
followers (Q1 & Q2).
HT delay & protection circuit
As noted previously, the circuit provides a delay so that HT is not applied
to the plates of the output valves until
their cathodes have been warmed up.
This delay is provided by a 555 timer
IC, connected as a conventional monostable to drive relay 1. This switches
one of the 150VAC secondary feed
wires from transformer T2 and thus
stops the abovementioned voltage
doubler rectifier from working.
Transistor Q3 monitors the AC current drawn by the filaments (heaters)
of the four output valves, which are
connected in series across the 25VAC
siliconchip.com.au
Although not visible here, the
two Perspex panels at the front
are edge-lit with blue LEDs for
a really fancy appearance.
supply from the secondary winding of
transformer T1. If one of the valves is
removed from its socket, no filament
current can flow and so Q3 turns off.
This removes the negative supply to
the 555 and the relay, which then
switches off the HT rail.
Note that there is a link provision
in the circuit so that the filaments
(heaters) of the driver stages can be
25VAC for two 14GW8 filaments in
series or 12.5VAC if two 6GW8s are
used. Normally, 14GW8 valves will
be supplied in the kits.
All of the DC and output chokes and
the output transformers are mounted
under the long central cover on top of
the chassis. They are connected to the
main PC board by a short cable and octal plug which makes dismantling and
removing the board relatively easy.
Next month’s article will provide
the full assembly details and the perSC
formance measurements.
Where To Buy A Kit
The price for the full kit (including finished metalwork, panels and all components) is $870.00 (including GST) or with a fully assembled and tested PC board
$970.00 (including GST). All metalwork and panels in the kit are fully finished and
no drilling, cutting or punching is required.
Kits will be available from September 2005 and we strongly recommend that
you order before mid-August to receive your kit in the September shipment.
The A205 will also be available fully built and tested. Please contact Gless
Audio for prices. Valves and other components will also be available.
Kits and fully built amplifiers will be available from: Gless Audio, 26 Park St,
Seaford, Vic 3198. Phone (03) 9776 8703; email sales<at>glessaudio.com
August 2005 37
Flexitimer
An Easy-To-Program Digital Timer
This new multi-purpose timer is much more
flexible than previous designs. You can
program it for a single time period ranging
from one second to 99 minutes and 59 seconds,
or a sequence of two such (independently
programmed) time periods, or up to 99 cycles
of one or two time periods. It’s also easy to
program – just like a microwave oven.
By JIM ROWE
E
LECTRONIC TIMERS have always
been popular. In fact, there are so
many applications for this kind of
project that it’s only scratching the
surface to mention the following:
parking meter reminders, EPROM
erasure timing, darkroom printer/
enlarger timing, PC board etch timing, battery charge timing, industrial
process timing, chess and other board
game timing, debate timing and even
kitchen timing.
38 Silicon Chip
If you want to make a timer with the
widest range of applications, it needs
to have at least two independently
adjustable or “programmable” timing
periods. Ideally, it also needs to be
flexible in terms of the number of time
periods and/or time period sequences
(or cycles) that can be programmed.
Some applications need just a single
time period, timed in “single shot”
fashion, while others need a single
sequence of one time period followed
by a second (and probably different)
time period. Still other applications
may need a sequence of two time periods repeated many times, say for a
total of 20 cycles.
Previous timer designs published in
SILICON CHIP and other magazines have
provided most of these features but
at the cost of operating and programming complexity. This made them a
bit daunting to use and limited their
popularity as a result.
By contrast, this new timer is programmed in exactly the same intuitive
fashion as a microwave oven. First, it
has tens and units buttons to allow you
to key in the exact number of minutes
and seconds for the time period(s) you
want and also the number of timing
cycles you want. There are also buttons
to start and stop the timer manually
and to save its settings for the next
time it’s used and so on.
We’ve dubbed this new unit the
“Programmable Flexitimer”, because
it’s designed to provide the same
order of flexibility as the Flexitimer
siliconchip.com.au
siliconchip.com.au
August 2005 39
Fig.1: the circuit is based on a programmed PIC16F84A-04 microcontroller and this drives an LCD module, two relay driver circuits
(one for Time A and one for Time B) and a piezo buzzer circuit. It’s programmed using 10 pushbutton switches. Resistor RBL sets the
current through the backlighting LEDs on the Altronics and DSE modules (see text).
Par t s Lis t
1 Jiffy box, 158 x 95 x 58mm
4 6mm-long untapped spacers
5 12mm-long untapped spacers
1 M3 x 6mm machine screw
4 M3 x 12mm machine screws,
csk head
5 M3 x 20mm machine screws,
csk head
11 M3 nuts and star lockwashers
1 75mm length of 16-way IDC
ribbon cable
2 16-way IDC ribbon connectors
Main Board
1 PC board, code 04108051, 141
x 83mm
1 12V piezo buzzer (PB1)
1 4MHz quartz crystal (X1)
2 12V SPDT relays to suit
1 PC-mount 2.5mm DC input
connector (CON1)
2 PC-mount 3-way terminal
blocks (CON2, CON3)
1 PC-mount 16-way DIL pin
header (CON4)
1 18-pin DIL IC socket
1 TO-220 heatsink, 6021 type, 30
x 25 x 13mm
Semiconductors
1 PIC16F84A (IC1) programmed
with PICTIME2.HEX firmware
1 7805 5V regulator (REG1)
2 2N7000 MOSFETs (Q1,Q2)
1 PN100 NPN transistor (Q3)
3 1N4004 1A diode (D1,D2,D3)
Capacitors
1 2200mF 25V RB electrolytic
projects described by Rob Evans in
“Electronics Australia” back in the
early 1990s. However, this new design
is based around a programmed PIC
microcontroller chip and, as a result,
is much easier to “drive” than those
earlier timers.
Main features
Here’s a quick summary of its capabilities. First, it provides either one or
two programmable time periods (Time
A and Time B), each of which can be
set independently to any time between
one second and 99 minutes 59 seconds
– with a resolution of one second.
Second, you can set it for just a
single Time A period, or a single
40 Silicon Chip
1 100mF 16V RB electrolytic
3 100nF multilayer monolithic
2 33pF disc ceramic
Resistors (0.25W 1%)
1 100kW
1 4.7kW
4 22kW
2 10W
2 10kW
Display Board
1 PC board, code 04108052/3/4
to suit DSE, Jaycar or Altronics
LCD, 132 x 84mm – see text
1 LCD module, 2 lines x 16 chars
(see text)
1 14-way or 16-way length of SIL
or DIL pin header strip, to suit
LCD module used
10 PC-mount SPST pushbutton
switches (S1-S10)
1 90° PC-mount 16-way DIL
header (CON5)
4 M2.5 x 10mm machine screws,
round head
4 M2.5 hex nuts and lockwashers
8 M2.5 flat washers
4 M3 hex nuts (used as spacers)
Capacitors
1 10mF 16V RB electrolytic
Resistors (0.25W, 1%)
1 68kW
1 12W to suit DSE Z-4172 LCD
module (RBL) – see text
1 18W to suit Altronics Z-7011
LCD module (RBL) – see text
1 10kW mini horizontal trimpot
(VR1)
(Time A + Time B) sequence, or for
multiple Time A or (Time A + Time B)
cycles. In fact, there can be anything
from 2-99 such cycles.
Third, the timer has two internal
relays, one of which is activated during
the Time A period and the other during Time B. Both relays have a set of
mains-rated single pole, double throw
(SPDT) contacts, so they can be used
either separately or together to switch
a wide variety of loads.
Finally, the unit operates from 12V
DC, which can come from either a
battery or a plugpack power supply.
Programming
As mentioned earlier, the time
periods and cycles are programmed
very easily using four pushbuttons:
one each for tens of minutes, units of
minutes, tens of seconds and units of
seconds. The “10-minute” and “1-minute” buttons are also used to program
the desired number of cycles, when
you want more than a single cycle
(the default).
Three further buttons allow you to
set the current input as either Time
A or Time B, or to set the number of
cycles.
Another button (Enter) is then used
to save all of the current time and cycle settings in the PIC’s non-volatile
memory, so that it “remembers” them
when it’s powered up next time.
Finally, the Start and Stop buttons
do exactly as their names suggest –
ie, either start the timer operating or
manually stop it if the need arises.
All of the timer settings and operations are displayed on a small 2-line x
16-character LCD module. This makes
it really easy to operate.
How it works
Fig.1 shows the circuit details of
the Programmable Flexitimer. All of
the real work is done by microcontroller IC1, a PIC16F84A which is programmed with a dedicated firmware
program called PICTIMER.HEX.
In operation, the microcontroller
runs from a 4MHz crystal clock and
does all of the timing by counting
clock cycles – using a combination of
both hardware and software counting.
This gives a timing accuracy of better
than ±0.02%.
The 10 buttons used to program the
various settings and commands into
the PIC microcontroller are connected
in a 3 x 4 matrix configuration. As
shown, the three rows are connected
to the three most significant bits of
IC1’s Port B (RB7, RB6 & RB5), while
the four columns go to the four least
significant bits of this port (RB3, RB2,
RB1 & RB0). This allows the microcontroller to scan all the keys very
efficiently and respond quickly when
they are pressed.
The LCD module is directly driven
by the microcontroller. It’s connected
to the four most significant bit Port B
lines (RB7-RB4) and to the two most
significant bit Port A lines (RA4 and
RA3).
The two Port A lines are used to
enable the LCD controller input for
writing (EN) and to select either its
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.2: install the parts on the main PC board as shown here. Take care to ensure all polarised parts
are correctly orientated and note that connector CON4 goes in with its keyway slot to the left.
A small heatsink is fitted to REG1, so that it can handle the current requirements of backlit LCDs.
data or address/instruction registers
(RS). By contrast, the four Port B lines
are used as a data bus to feed display
character codes and position addresses
to the LCD controller, along with various other function commands.
Trimpot VR1 is used to adjust the
display contrast. It does this by varying the DC voltage applied to pin 3 of
the LCD module.
The two least significant bit Port
siliconchip.com.au
A lines (RA0 & RA1) function as outputs and are used to drive Mosfets
Q1 & Q2, which then control the two
relays. When the unit is running, the
microcontroller turns on Relay 1 (via
Q1) during Time A and Relay 2 (via
Q2) during Time B.
The remaining Port A output line
(RA2) is used to control Q3, which in
turn controls piezo buzzer PB1. In operation, output RA2 briefly goes high
and turns on Q3 to produce a short
“beep” at the end of the programmed
time period(s) or cycles.
Power supply
Power for the unit comes from a 12V
DC plugpack (or battery), with diode
D1 providing reverse polarity protection. This then feeds regulator REG1
which provides a +5V rail to power IC1
and the LCD module. The relays and
August 2005 41
Fig.3: the display board layout for the Altronics LCD modules. Install resistor RBL (18W)
only if you are using a backlit display (Cat. Z-7001) & don’t forget the backlight connections.
Fig.4: follow this display board layout if you are using a DSE LCD module. Again, resistor
RBL (12W) is installed only for the backlit display (Cat. Z-4172).
the buzzer (PB1) are powered directly
from the +12V rail after D1.
Construction
Construction of the Programmable Flexitimer is easy, with all parts
mounted on two PC boards – a main
board coded 04108051 (141 x 83mm)
and a separate display board (132 x
84mm). The latter carries the LCD and
the pushbutton switches, plus a few
42 Silicon Chip
other minor parts. These boards fit
inside a standard UB1 Jiffy box (158 x
95 x 58mm) and are interconnected by
a short 16-way ribbon cable fitted with
16-way IDC connectors at each end.
The connections to the timer relay
contacts are made via screw terminal
blocks located at one end of the main
board.
Note that there are actually three
different versions of the display board,
to suit the three different LCD modules
currently available on the Australian
market. One version (code 04108052)
suits the Z-4170/2 module from Dick
Smith Electronics; a second version
(code 04108053) suits the QP-5515/6
module from Jaycar Electronics; and
the third version (code 04108054) suits
the Z-7000A/Z-7011 module available
from Altronics Distributors.
Fig.2 shows the assembly details for
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.5: the Jaycar LCD modules have only 14 pins and don’t require an external resistor to
set the current through the backlight LEDs.
This completed display board uses the DSE Z-4170 LCD module – ie, no backlighting, so
RBL is left out. Take care to ensure that the flat side of each switch goes to the left.
the main board. Start by fitting the DC
input connector CON1 (may need to
elongate the PC board holes slightly
with a needle file before the connector lugs will pass through), then fit
the two screw terminal blocks (CON2
& CON3). Note that the latter must be
fitted with their wire entry sides facing
the edge of the board.
Next, fit the 16-way DIL pin header
CON4, making sure its locating spigot
siliconchip.com.au
slot goes towards the lefthand end of
the board. That done, fit the two wire
links, followed by the resistors and the
three diodes (D1-D3). Make sure that
the diodes are correctly oriented.
The 4MHz crystal (X1), regulator
REG1 and transistors Q1, Q2 & Q3 are
next in line. Take care with the orientation of REG1 and the transistors and be
sure to use the correct transistor type
at each location.
Regulator REG1 is installed by first
bending its pins downwards through
90° about 6mm from its body. It’s
then fitted to the PC board along with
its heatsink and secured using an
M3 x 6mm machine screw and nut,
before soldering its leads. Smear its
metal tab with heatsink compound
before mounting it, to ensure good
heat transfer.
The next step is to fit an 18-pin sockAugust 2005 43
Fig.6: here are the drilling an cutting details for the base of the case and for the lid. They are reproduced
actual size, so that you can use photocopies as drilling templates.
44 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
et for IC1 – it goes in with the “notch”
end facing the adjacent edge of the
board (see Fig.2). Follow this with the
two relays and the piezo buzzer (PB1).
There are two buzzer types commonly
available and the PC board caters for
both. It’s just a matter of fastening the
supplied unit in position using two M3
x 12mm machine screws and nuts and
soldering its leads to the board (red to
“+”, black to “-”).
In either case, the buzzer’s connection wires can be cut fairly short before
soldering, to keep the assembly neat
and tidy.
The small non-polarised capacitors
can now be fitted, followed by the two
larger polarised electrolytics. Be sure
to install the electrolytics with the
positive leads oriented as shown.
The main board assembly can now
be completed by plugging the programmed PIC16F84A chip into its
socket. It must be installed with its
notched end towards the bottom edge
of the board, as shown in Fig.2
By the way, if you’re building the
timer from a kit, the PIC will be supplied pre-programmed. However if
you’re building the timer from scratch,
you’ll need to program the chip yourself (or have someone do it for you)
before it’s plugged into the socket. The
PICTIMER.HEX program file will be
available as a free download from the
SILICON CHIP website at www.siliconchip.com.au
Display board assembly
Before installing any parts on this
board, make sure it suits the particular
LCD module you’re using. Of course,
if you’ve bought a kit, then you won’t
have any worries on this score.
Figs.3, 4 & 5 shows the parts layouts
for the Altronics, Dick Smith Electronics and Jaycar versions respectively.
Begin by installing the wire links
and the 68kW resistor, then fit the 16-
Fig.7: here are the drilling details for the end of the case, again
reproduced actual size.
way 90° DIL pin header. Follow these
with trimpot VR1 and the 10 pushbutton switches. Note that the latter are all
mounted with their “flat” side facing
towards the left.
The 10mF electrolytic capacitor is
next on the list. As shown in one of the
photos, it should be mounted “leaning
over” to the left by a small amount, to
reduce its effective height to below
10mm (to ensure it later clears the
back of front panel). Take care with
its orientation.
The next step is to fit the header strip
for the LCD module. This is a 16-way
SIL strip for the DSE module, a 7 x
2-way DIL strip for the Jaycar module
or a 14-way SIL strip for the Altronics
module. In each case, push the shorter
ends of the pins through the board
from above and solder them carefully
to the pads underneath.
Basically, there are six different
LCD modules that can be used with
this unit – three with backlighting and
three without. The three modules with
backlighting are the Altronics Z-7011,
DSE Z-4172 and the Jaycar QP-5516.
The corresponding versions without
backlighting are Altronics Z-7000A,
the DSE Z-4170 and the Jaycar QP5515. Note that the Jaycar modules
have 14 pins, while both the Altronics
and DSE modules have 16 pins.
Installing the LCD module is easy
– it slips down over the header pins
and is secured using four M2.5 x
10mm screws, lockwashers and nuts.
In addition, an M3 nut and two M2.5
flat washers are used to form a 3mm3.5mm spacer between the module
and the board at each mounting screw
point. Alternatively, you can use two
M3 “half nuts” to make the spacer at
each point.
Once the module is in position, it’s
simply a matter of soldering its connection pads to the header pins.
The display board will now be complete, except for resistor RBL which
sets the current for the backlighting
LEDs. This is fitted only if you’re
using an LCD module with backlighting but is not required for the Jaycar
LCD, since the resistor is part of the
module.
Table 1: Resistor Colour Codes
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
siliconchip.com.au
No.
1
1
4
2
1
1
1
2
Value
100kW
68kW
22kW
10kW
4.7kW
18W
12W
10W
4-Band Code (1%)
brown black yellow brown
blue grey orange brown
red red orange brown
brown black orange brown
yellow violet red brown
brown grey black brown
brown red black brown
brown black black brown
5-Band Code (1%)
brown black black orange brown
blue grey black red brown
red red black red brown
brown black black red brown
yellow violet black brown brown
brown grey black gold brown
brown red black gold brown
brown black black gold brown
August 2005 45
The main board in this prototype unit used a 78L05 regulator. It was later modified to
accept a 7805 regulator (with heatsink), so that backlit LCDs could be used.
Note that for the Altronics module,
you’ll also need to make the “A” and
“K” connections for the backlighting
power (at right).
Once the assembly is completed,
adjust contrast trimpot VR1 with a
small screwdriver to about 10° back
from fully clockwise. This will ensure
you get some kind of display when the
timer and module are first powered
up. The control can be “fine tuned”
for best contrast later, via the small
hole in the front panel.
The next step is to make the short
ribbon cable that’s used to link the
two boards. This is formed from a
75mm-length of 16-way IDC ribbon,
with a matching IDC connector at each
end – see Fig.8. The connectors fit the
opposite way around at each end, so
that the cable can link the two boards
without having to be twisted.
Preparing the box
If you’re building the timer from
a kit, the box will probably be supplied with a silk screened front panel
and with all holes pre-drilled and
cut. However if you’re building from
scratch, you’ll need to drill the box
yourself.
Figs.6 & 7 show the drilling and cut-
ting diagrams for both the box and its
lid. These are reproduced actual size,
so you can directly use photocopies
as drilling templates.
Make sure you countersink the
3.5mm holes in the bottom of the box
and also those in the lid. This can be
done with a 7mm or larger twist drill if
you don’t have a countersink bit. Also,
make sure that you cut the access holes
for the timer’s DC input connector and
terminal blocks at the right-hand end
of the box – see Fig.7.
Next, the front panel artwork can
be attached to the lid. That done, you
can cut the various holes in the label
using a sharp hobby knife.
Final assembly
The main board mounts on the
bottom of the box on four 6mm-long
untapped spacers and is secured using four M3 x 12mm countersink-head
screws and nuts (it only fits one way,
due to the asymmetrical mounting
screw positions).
By contrast, the display board is
mounted on the box lid and is secured
on 12mm-long untapped spacers using five M3 x 20mm countersink-head
machine screws, star lockwashers
and nuts. With some LCD modules,
Fig.8: follow this
diagram to fit the
headers to the
short ribbon cable
that links the two
PC boards together.
46 Silicon Chip
you may also need M3 flat washers to
augment each of the spacers, to make
sure there is enough clearance.
Your timer can now be completed by
fitting the ribbon cable between the two
boards and securing the case lid.
Using the timer
When you first connect the timer
to 12V DC power, it initially displays
“Silicon Chip FlexiTimer3” on the
LCD panel. This message then disappears after a few seconds and is
replaced with a “screen” giving you
the timer’s current settings – plus
“Stop” at lower right to show that it’s
not running.
When the timer is powered up for
the very first time, its initial settings
are these defaults: Time A programmed
to 10 seconds, Time B not programmed
at all (and not even displayed), and
the Cycles set to 1 (for a single timing
sequence). But if you program it with
other settings and save them, these
settings will appear when the timer
is next powered up.
Changing the settings for Time A or
Time B is done using the four uppermost buttons on the left – marked “10
MIN”, “1 MIN”, “10 SEC” and “1 SEC”.
Pressing any of these buttons causes
the timer to change into “Input” mode,
to allow you to key in any desired time
setting from 00 minutes and 1 second
up to 99 minutes and 59 seconds.
If you press any button too many
times, just keep pressing it until the
digit concerned reaches the maximum
and then returns to 0, after which you
can program the value you wanted.
When you have entered the time
value you want, the timer can be
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.9: this artwork can be photocopied onto an A4 label sheet, which can then be affixed to the lid after peeling
off its backing. Clear “Contact” adhesive film can then be fitted over the top, to protect it from dirt and damage.
directed to make this the setting for
either Time A or Time B, simply by
pressing either the “Time A” or “Time
B” button. It’s as easy as that.
Changing the Cycles setting is just as
easy. In this case, you use only the “10
MIN” and “1 MIN” buttons to enter the
number of cycles (from 1-99), and then
press the “SET CYCLES” button.
Once the settings for Time A, Time
B (optionally) and Cycles have been
entered, the timer can be started
simply by pressing (you guessed it)
the “START” button. You’ll then see
it counting down on the LCD panel,
where its status is also shown continuously – ie, whether it’s in Time
A or Time B and the current cycle.
When it reaches the end, it will give
a short beep from the piezo buzzer
and display “Stop” again on the LCD
panel (at lower right). This will also
happen if you press the “STOP” button, to stop the unit before the end of
the programmed time settings.
To save the current settings in
memory for use next time it’s powered
up, just press the “ENTER (SAVE)”
button when the timer is stopped. As
soon as the settings have been saved,
the message “Settings Saved” will be
displayed for a few seconds, to confirm
that it has been done.
To program Time B as well as Time
siliconchip.com.au
A, all you need do is enter its time
setting and then press the “TIME B”
button. Time B will then be enabled
and its setting displayed after Time A.
On the other hand, if you have Time
B already programmed and you want
to disable it again, simply enter a zero
time value (ie, 00:00) and again press
the “TIME B” button. The timer will
recognise the zero time setting and
Time B will be disabled and disappear
from the display.
You can use the timer’s relay contact
terminals to allow it to control all manner of things. All you need to know
is that when the timer is running the
contacts of Relay 1 are activated during
Time A, while those of Relay 2 are activated during Time B. So by connecting
to these terminals, you can arrange for
the timer to turn things on or off during
Time A and/or Time B.
Finally, note that this project should
be used to control low voltage equipment only (up to about 50V). Do not
use it to directly switch mains voltages. If you do want to switch mains
voltages, we suggest that you use this
unit to trigger an external relay which
then does the switching.
Make sure that this external relay
and any mains wiring that’s run to
it is properly anchored and isolated.
However, don’t attempt this unless
Specifications
•
•
•
•
Two independent timing
periods: Time A and Time B
Time A and Time B periods
can be set from 00min-01sec
to 99min-59sec
1-99 timing cycles or continuous cycling – see below
Relay outputs for switching
external devices
Continuous Cycling
A late software modification to
this unit involved adding a continuous cycling mode. This mode is set
simply by entering zero (00) as the
setting for “Cycles”.
The second line of the display
shows “Cont” when the timer is in
this mode. It can be returned to finite
multiple cycle mode simply by setting the number of “Cycles” to any
allowed non-zero value – ie, 1-99.
you know what you are doing and are
completely familiar with mains wiring
SC
practices and techniques.
August 2005 47
SERVICEMAN'S LOG
Tracking down a really rotten fault
Most TV servicing is fairly routine but every
so often you come across a really rotten
fault. Still, I guess I’d get rather bored if it
was all too easy.
Mrs Roseberry wanted a technician
to call out and fix her 2000 Panasonic
TC-68PS10 (MX8A chassis) because
it had a white line across the screen
and no picture. Obviously, the vertical
timebase had failed and I was hoping
it was just R519, the 1W feed resistor
for the 28V rail that supplies IC451
(LA78045) and which is sometimes
dry-jointed.
Well, I was right about this and it
was quickly fixed, even though access
to the board is rather difficult. Unfortunately, this revealed a second problem
– the screen was now fully scanned but
the bottom had foldover and the top
was stretched. I did manage to check
all the voltages on the seven IC pins
(with difficulty because of the annoying plastic support bar that crosses this
IC underneath) but they were all within
Items Covered This Month
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Panasonic TC-68PS10 TV set
(MX8A chassis)
Sony FD Series Trinitron KV32FX65E TV set (AE-5 chassis
SCC-Q14K-A)
Panasonic TC-21PM50A TV
set (GP3 chassis)
JVC AV-28STEKGR TV set
(JK chassis)
Grundig Xentia 72 Flat MF
72-490/8 Dolby (CUC1832
chassis)
Grundig Elegance 82 Flat
MFW-82-3110 MV/Dolby (CUC
1935 chassis)
Sony KV-ES29M31/SAU3 TV
set (AG3 chassis SCC-P92A-A)
Naim CD3 compact disc player
48 Silicon Chip
tolerance of the voltages specified in
the MX8 service manual.
In the end, there was nothing I could
do but transport this heavy flat-screen
set back to the workshop. Once there, I
removed the plastic support and began
checking everything out, first with an
ohmmeter and then with the CRO.
The only waveform that looked
slightly out was the output from pin
5 of IC451 where the ramp ended
abruptly and flattened out. All the
other waveforms looked OK. I replaced
the IC and all the electrolytic capacitors around it one by one but nothing
was making any difference.
Next, I connected the chassis to
another set’s yoke (and vice versa) and
this showed that the deflection yoke
was OK. I then checked the 50/60Hz
switching transistor (Q465) which was
also OK and even swapped EEPROM
IC1102 in case the software geometry
controls were scrambled. Again, I
drew a blank.
Grasping at straws, I next did the
modification for resistor R404 (it was
9.53kW and is now 13kW to fix top
lefthand line tearing). That done, I
checked all the resistors on the top of
the board and the surface-mounted
ones underneath. I then tried heating
and freezing the board, as well as vibration and twisting, but nothing was
giving up any clues.
Basically, what I had was a vertical
output IC with all the correct voltages
and the correct waveforms going into
it but with one distorted waveform
coming out. I checked and tried disconnecting the feedback loops but this
one really it had me stumped. And on
top of that, Mrs Roseberry was hassling
me for a quote and ETA.
It was time for some lateral thinking.
Even though I had a perfect waveform
going into pin 1 of IC451, I next turned
my attention to IC401 (AN54415-E1),
which is a 28-pin surface-mounted
timebase control IC. I checked the
5V and 12V rails to pins 4, 15 & 25
and checked to ensure there was no
significant ripple on these rails. I even
replaced this IC (the electrolytics had
already been changed) but it still made
no difference.
So what else could I possibly do?
The check service menus provided
no clue and all worked as they were
supposed to. It really was time to think
outside the square and perform some
unorthodox tests.
After first making sure there were
no high-voltage rails nearby, I ran my
fingers all over the vertical timebase
circuitry with the set on to see if there
was any effect. Well, the leakage due to
my fingers gave a variety of distortion
effects but nothing really significant
until I got near pins 22-28 of IC401.
By wetting my fingers slightly and
rubbing them across these pins, I could
almost correct the fault. However,
because the IC was so small (and my
fingers are relatively large), I couldn’t
initially identify which pins were the
ones I was affecting.
A glance at the circuit showed that
pins 27 & 28 are ground, while pin 25
is the +12V supply. Pins 26, 24 & 23
are marked “V SAW”, “V AGC” and
“V RAMP”, respectively. I checked
the voltage on pin 26 and it was correct at 4.85V. Pin 23 was also correct
at +1.22V but when I checked pin 24,
it read +5.5V instead of +7.16V – a
difference of 1.66V!
Obviously, when I placed my finger
on these pins, pin 25 (+12V) was able
to pull pin 24 high enough to substantially correct the distortion.
The only component on pin 24 was
C409, a 1mF 50V polyester capacitor
(Part No: ECQV1H105JM3), so I removed it and checked it on my meter.
There was no leakage and the value
was remarkably accurate.
Despite this, I replaced it anyway
siliconchip.com.au
1
3
2
TRANSLATION
1: Does the donkey have a passport?
2: I need a stiff drink you idiot
3: Where’s the nosebag
and, as they say in the movies, that
was that. The picture was now perfect,
I was happy and, eventually, so was
Mrs Roseberry. But what a rotten fault
– little wonder I needed a stiff drink
afterwards!
Transported from Spain
Mr Julio Sanchez had brought his
2000 Sony FD Series Trinitron KV32FX65E TV set (AE-5 chassis SCCQ14K-A) all the way from Spain. It
was a multi-system TV, so he had no
problem installing it here in Australia.
However, it must have been fairly expensive to import, this being an 82cm
widescreen set weighing 64kg.
Everything had been fine for Julio,
except that he lived near the beaches
and wasn’t aware of the risks involved
for his beloved telly. When his set died,
he really wanted us to call but I told
him that the AE-5 chassis was not a
common Australian model and that
it would be better if he brought it into
my workshop (the closest Australian
model is a KV-EH36M31 using an
AE5A SCC-U61A-A chassis).
Reluctantly, he finally arranged for
it to be delivered and when I switched
it on, the only thing I got was the front
red LED flashing four times. This norsiliconchip.com.au
mally denotes a vertical protection
fault, which could be due to R6835 or
R6834 (0.47W) which supply the ±15V
rails respectively, or perhaps IC6700
(STV9379) on the D Board going short
circuit. However, I considered these
possibilities unlikely in this case, as I
couldn’t see any sign of the EHT starting (which is where these voltages are
derived).
I started making measurements
and found that there was +135V from
D6617 but none on the collector of
horizontal output transistor Q6804
(2SC5480-01). This was because R6895
and R6896 (0.47W) were open circuit,
while Q6815 was short circuit. When
replacing Q6804, I also found that
C6815, a tuning capacitor, was invisibly dry jointed – ie, it looked soldered
but the pigtail had not been properly
inserted into its hole and was just
resting on the entrance (incidentally,
Q6804 can also be a 2SC5696).
This restored everything and the
set was then soak tested to make sure
there wasn’t anything nasty lurking
about (such as the flyback transformer
intermittently arcing).
The warranty job
We had a rather involved repair on
a 2004 Panasonic TC-21PM50A TV
set employing a GP3 chassis. It arrived in the workshop with the fault
label saying it was “dead” but no-one
had thought to ask how (or when) the
problem had occurred – eg, was it the
result of a thunderstorm?
The set was still under warranty,
so I decided to tackle it the same day.
When I opened it up, I immediately
saw that resistor R801 (2.2W) which
acts as a surge limiter to the bridge rectifier had blown open. In addition, the
chopper (IC801) had been destroyed,
along with 82V zener diode D820.
But that wasn’t the end of it and
I soon discovered that optocoupler
D860 and the IC802 (SE140) had also
been damaged. And as I progressed
through the set, more and more major
damage was discovered, particularly
along the 12V rail which had received
a full 140V when Q850 (and R850)
went short circuit. This not only took
out several electrolytic capacitors
(including C862, C880 and C2380)
but also IC851 (a switching IC regulator supplying 5V and 8V) and also
almost every other semiconductor
along this rail.
At this stage, after consulting a Panasonic Technical Officer, it was decided
August 2005 49
Serviceman’s Log – continued
East-West correction circuits fitted
and when the correct circuit diagram
was examined, a link plug and socket
(TPA23, 24 & 25) which switches in
various capacitors in the horizontal
deflection circuit was discovered.
This link was missing on the
new chassis and fitting a link
from the old one over the appropriate test point reduced
the width to an acceptable
level.
The widescreen JVC
that the chassis was a write-off – it
would be just too expensive and time
consuming to fix. And so a new one
was ordered and fitted to the set.
However, I wasn’t out of the woods
yet. The width was now too large (ie,
it was overscanning) and there was
no sound or picture – only a raster!
Fortunately, this no-sound, no-picture
problem was easily solved. One of
the ceramic filter’s legs was shorting
to ground because the solder pigtails
hadn’t been cut short and had subsequently bent.
An attempt to fix the overscanning
problem was initially made by entering the Service Menu Self Check Mode
3 – ie, by setting the off-timer to 30 and
simultaneously pressing RECALL on
the Remote and Channel Up on the TV
front panel, then selecting CHK3 by
pressing 2 on the remote. When EWWIDTH was subsequently selected by
button 4, the OSD (on-screen display)
showed that was changed using the
Volume “+” and “–“ controls. In this
case, however, the picture scan width
didn’t change.
Comparing the two chasses, we
could see differences in the flyback
transformer, so I swapped them just
in case. It made no difference!
Finally, the penny began to drop.
This chassis model didn’t have any
50 Silicon Chip
Frank Small was a round jovial
character and I liked him even
more when he brought his set in
himself, rather than demand a service call. This was no mean feat, as
the set was one of those heavy flat
widescreen jobs – in this case, a
2001 JVC AV-28STEKGR using
a JK chassis.
Its problem was that it
would try to come on but it
just couldn’t make it. The only sign
of life was the rush of the EHT static
just before it cut out. Obviously, the
protection circuits were closing the
set down but was it a faulty protection circuit or a real fault that was
triggering them?
The service manual showed that
pin 28 of microprocessor IC701 was
the protect control pin and that in the
normal state, it should be held high at
+4.8V via R767. However, in Frank’s
set, this pin was at zero volts. Desoldering it allowed the set to fire up and
give a normal picture and sound, so
what was causing the problem?
The protect line branches out all
over the set and is in turn connected
to the four power supply outputs via
zener diodes, to the flyback transformer protection transistor (Q592)
and to the x-ray protection transistor
Q593. Each of these lines had to be
investigated in turn.
I made a lucky guess by starting with
the x-ray protection transistor. When I
shorted its base to its emitter, the collector voltage immediately rose rise to
4.8V so I was on the right track. This
transistor was being biased on by voltage from D593, R595 and D594, which
in turn is fed by R524 from pin 8(AFC)
of the flyback transformer T551.
I dusted down the oscilloscope
and checked the waveforms of the
line pulses on six pins of the flyback
transformer and compared them with
the service manual. Interestingly,
all the waveforms were 10V higher
than published (ie, 70V peak-to-peak
instead of 60V). I then measured the
main HT rail (B1) as +145V, which
was spot on.
The size of the line pulses is determined by the values of the capacitors
in parallel with the line output transistor (Q521, 2SD2553-LB), so these were
the next to be checked. I started with
C521 (2.8nF, 1.5kV), which I removed
and measured with a capacitance meter. It read just 0.2nF or 200pF which
meant it was almost completely open
circuit!
Replacing it restored the correct
waveform sizes and switched off the
protection circuit. Frank was a happy
man – even after paying my rather
modest bill.
A couple of Grundigs
It seems that now Grundig is no
longer a German company, I am called
on to repair more of them – even
though Grundig Australia is still apparently flourishing and supporting
their products with excellent aftersales service and technical support.
I had a couple of examples turn up
recently, the first being a 1999 Grundig
Xentia 72 Flat MF 72-490/8 Dolby set
(CUC1832 chassis). Due to their complexity, these sets do not lend themselves to being fixed in the home and
I was grateful that its owner delivered
it to the workshop. The complaint
was that the picture was “half and
half” – it was intermittently breaking
up, was fuzzy, couldn’t hold its tuning and there was a “colour chromatic
bullseye” effect.
Well, with these descriptive faults,
I couldn’t wait to see the effects for
myself. However, when I switched the
set on, it was intermittently unstable,
particularly in the horizontal axis, and
the picture locked in with the sync bar
down the centre. But what was more
alarming was a burning smell and the
noise of something arcing.
I switched the set off immediately
and took a look at the main PC board.
I soon identified the culprit as C53012,
a 142pF 2kV capacitor on the collector
of the line output transistor (T53001).
This capacitor feeds 100V line pulses
to the L1 line and these become the
AFC reference pulses that are fed to
siliconchip.com.au
the Feature Box Module (pin 28) and onto pin 26 of CIC
1410 SDA9362 S-DDC.
I replaced this capacitor and fixed the burnt hole in the
PC board the original dry joint had created. This fixed
the fault before I had a chance to see all the interesting
symptoms described by the set’s owner but at least it
prevented further possible damage to other parts.
The second Grundig set was a 2000 Elegance 82 Flat
MFW-82-3110 MV/Dolby unit (CUC 1935 chassis). Unfortunately for me, its owner, Mr Trump, requested a
service call – a not unreasonable request in view of the
fact that this is 76cm widescreen set was located on the
second floor of a block of units.
The set was “dead”, although the multi-coloured
LED did manage to change from red to amber when I attempted to fire it up with remote control (Tele Pilot 110C).
I couldn’t see anything obvious initially and because
access was so poor in the confined space, I eventually
decided it would be better to remove the chassis and
take it back to my to workshop.
Once on the bench, I soon found that the line output
transistor (T53501, 2SC5331) had gone short circuit. In
addition, R55514 (a 4.7W 2W fusible resistor) had gone
open circuit, while pin 5 of IC55510 (TDA8145), the
east-west correction amplifier, had gone short circuit to
ground (pin 4).
Replacing these parts was somewhat difficult due to
their location in the chassis and because of this, I fitted
an IC socket – just in case. However, the job was eventually done with just a little fiddling.
Now the trouble with running a chassis on the bench
without the deflection yoke is that there can be some
unexpected consequences, due to the tuned circuit no
longer being tuned and the tolerances of the components
involved. To start with, I had to short out pins J3 and J4
of the deflection yoke plug in order to apply +A (142V) to
the line output stage. I then shorted the base and emitter
of T53501 together with a crocodile clip lead and hung
a 60W globe off the collector to ground.
Overwhelmed by inactivity
When I switched it on, I was overwhelmed by inactivity. Nothing happened and I was getting no voltages out
of any of the 13 secondary voltage rails. The only activity
I had was the LED which still didn’t go beyond amber.
I had already checked the eight fuses fitted to the
chassis and had confirmed there were no shorts on any
of these rails. And so, having no prior experience with
this model, I decided to ask Grundig Technical Support
for a bit of a hand.
When I got through, I was obligingly told that I had to
override the protection circuits (since the chassis was
out of the set). To do that, you have to desolder pin 2 of
the centre optocoupler (OK60546) or disconnect the base
of CT61585 by desoldering link BR199. I asked about
running the chassis without the deflection yoke but the
Grundig technician didn’t know that I had linked pins
J3 and J4 and therefore said it would be OK (my mistake
for not telling him).
Well, the voltages did come up but the line output
transistor blew again and the same resistor and IC also
failed, plus a 315mA fuse (SI52501) to the line driver
stage, for good measure. However, with no 142V being
siliconchip.com.au
August 2005 51
Serviceman’s Log – continued
have caused the initial problem.
In the end, I cleaned the picture
tube glass and the cabinet, as well as
the transformer and anywhere else
I thought might be a problem, until
the visible arc from the static rush
disappeared. That done, I accessed
the service mode (by using code 8500)
but could find no error codes. I left it
at that – there was no point pursuing
software options as I had the set working satisfactorily. In short, it was best
to let sleeping dogs lie.
After soak testing, the set was returned to Mr Trump with a warning
to keep it dry and to cover it when he
wasn’t watching it, to keep the saltladen air off the circuit boards.
Ailing Naim CD player
What’s this? Answer – it’s the control board for an LG vacuum cleaner. As you
can see, it carries some fancy-looking electronics and it’s cheaper to replace the
board than fix it!
applied to the line output stage, all the
voltages came up correctly.
I went to a lot of trouble to try and
find out what “U COPY MODE” meant
or was supposed to do and how it was
tied up with “U STANDBY” and the
“CIC21660 74LV00 quad AND gate”.
However, in the end, I only succeeded
in confusing myself.
Next, I removed and checked all
11 tuning capacitors in the line output stage. I also removed the flyback
transformer and tested it with an HR
Diemen simulator but could find nothing wrong with any of these parts.
Finally, I decided the only option
52 Silicon Chip
I had left was to bring the rest of the
TV back to the workshop, despite all
the logistics that involved. Ironically,
after connecting the chassis back to the
picture tube and yoke, the set fired up
perfectly. There were no signs of stress
anywhere, the voltages were all correct
and the LED turned green.
Lots of static
The only niggly thing I noticed was
that there was an awful lot of static between the picture tube and the plastic
cabinet every time you switched the
set on or off.
I phoned Grundig Technical Support once again and this
time was put right as to
what I had previously
done wrong. And the
technician confirmed that
there is only one earth lead
from the CRT aquadag to
the chassis, via the picture tube socket. We both
agreed that it could be salt
deposits from onshore sea
breezes that were causing
the static problem and
I was advised to either
clean or replace the flyback
transformer, which might
We had a Naim CD3 compact disc
player in for repair recently. This
is basically an upmarket version of
the popular Philips/Marantz CD56
series.
These can occasionally suffer from
intermittent distorted sound and this
is normally due to IC6305 – the DAC
(digital-to-analog converter) – becoming temperature sensitive (too hot or
too cold). Alternately freezing and
heating this component will soon reveal whether or not that’s the problem,
as it seemed to be in this case.
A new one was fitted (well, actually
we fitted the Philips TDA1541P which
costs just $15) but it didn’t fix the fault.
This DAC is supplied by +5V, -5V and
-15V rails, all of which were correct.
However, the CRO revealed that there
was substantial ripple on the -5V rail
(VDD2 on pin 26), caused by the failure
of capacitor C2344 (47mF).
When freezing the IC, the capacitor must have been hit too, causing a
change in the symptoms.
Anyway, we replaced capacitors
C2344 and C2325 and reinstalled the
original (more expensive) DAC chip.
A soak test of the unit then showed
that all was now OK.
Vacuum cleaner
Finally, I enclose a photograph of a
common household appliance. As you
can see, it looks pretty sophisticated
with all those ICs. But what is it for?
Answer: believe it or not it is the
control board out of an ordinary LG
vacuum cleaner! Furthermore, it is
cheaper to replace the board than
fix it.
SC
Where will it all end?
siliconchip.com.au
[ August 2005 ]
GORE HILL HAS EXTENDED ITS
WEEKDAY TRADING HOURS!
7.8" Roof Mount Widescreen
TFT LCD Monitor
Includes horizontal swivel mount!
It folds up out of the way, or down to entertain your
passengers. It has integrated dome lights in the
console, so you can replace your factory interior light
with this unit. It accepts standard composite video
signals, is powered straight
from 12VDC, and has a remote
control too.
Supplied with connecting /
mounting hardware
Cat. QM-3758
and an IR remote
$
.00
control.
329
9 / 18Hr Digital Voice Recorder with USB
A must for people on the go!
Wether you are a student or a busy
executive, a voice recorder will help you take
notes, record important information, and a
whole lot more. The simple push recording
function allows quick start up so you don’t
miss a thing. Audio can be downloaded via
USB, and there are too many features to list
here. Check out our website Cat. XC-0283
$
.00
for full details and specs.
169
Proximity Security Beeper
Never lose valuables again!
The Proximeter transmitter
attaches to your valuables,
and you keep the receiver in
your pocket. If you walk away
from the transmitter, it will beep,
reminding you to grab your
possessions.
Cat. GG-2375
$
.95
29
10W Megaphone
Make yourself heard!
Made from high-impact ABS
plastic, it is as durable as it is
functional. Ideal for schools,
crowds, and more. It weighs less than 2kg,
so it is not too tiring on the arms. Cat. AM-4058
Includes shoulder strap.
$
.95
119
Eye Mask with Massage/
Air Pressure/Heater
Stress relief!
Alleviate eye fatigue
caused by extensive use of
computers, long periods of
driving, studying and reading.
It can provide a massage,
gentle air pressure, and warm
compression. See website for
full details.
Our Gore Hill store is now open from 7.30am till
6.30pm Monday to Friday (and 7.30am – 8.30pm
Thurdays), so you can drop in before or after work!
BARGAIN BAGS ARE BACK!
Stock won’t last!
You know you love ‘em.
We have a
limited quantity
of 2kg bargain
bags filled with
all sorts of
goodies. Stock
simply won’t last, so
get yours today!
13.8V 20A Switchmode
Bench Power Supply
Huge current!
Ideal for testing and running high
drain low voltage equipment such
as car audio, marine accessories, and
automotive gear. It is a must for serious Cat. MP-3078
$
.95
lab work. See website for details.
99
19
KIT OF THE MONTH
"Clock Watchers" LED Clock Kit
This clock is hypnotic!
Ref: SC June 2005. It
consists of an AVR driven
clock circuit, and also
produces a dazzling
display with the 60
LEDs around the
perimeter. It looks
amazing, but can’t properly
be explained here. We have
filmed it in action so you can see for yourself on
our website, so check it out! Kit supplied with
double sided silkscreened plated through hole
PCB, and all board components as
well as the special
Cat. KC-5404
EXCLUSIVE
clock housing.
$
.00
TO JAYCAR
This kit enables you to make a full-sized electronic
scoreboard, in particular for Basketball but also
adaptable for netball and other games.
Ref: Silicon Chip March/April/May 2005. It can be built
for a fraction of the cost of commercial equivalents
and has a completely wireless scoring console that
can control one or multiple scoreboards. You can
mount the scoreboards high up in a court and all you
need is a convenient 240V power point. You can then
control them from a table courtside with no messy
wiring. It features Home/Away team scores 0 to 199,
Game period, and Countdown time. The scoreboard
measures 900 x 600mm.
•The Jaycar kit comes complete with all pre-cut
scoreboard woodwork, screen printed face, display
filters, mounting plates, pre-programmed
microcontroller, printed circuit boards, 2.4GHz
transmitters and receivers, pre-punched control
console with special piezo end-of-game/quarter
sounder, and
all electronic
components
to make one
scoreboard.
129
Inductance / Capacitance / Frequency
DMM
Very versatile!
One of our latest additions to our
range, this DMM is packed with
features to make it an amazing meter
on the go, or in a lab.
Features include:
•10A current.
•Temperature.
Cat. QM-1324
•High accuracy.
$
.95
•Holster included.
Superb quality!
With such an amazing array of
features, you would normally
expect a price tag of much more.
Just check out the features!
•Duty cycle.
•Relative measurement.
•RS-232 data logging.
•Double moulded.
•Auto ranging.
•Frequency.
Cat. QM-1537
$
.95
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
Cat. XB-9000
$
.95
True RMS Auto Ranging RS-232 DMM
99
We have held the release of this scoreboard kit for
a very good reason. We have revised the design to
add in a few trick new features including provisions
for fouls. Now this may not seem like much, but it
is now on the scoreboard and the control panel,
which we think is an invaluable feature. Check out
the website for all the details on this great kit that
is now even better. EXCLUSIVE TO JAYCAR!
Wireless Basketball Scoreboard Kit
49
Cat. GG-2262
$
.95
Where have all the scoreboards gone?
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
Cat. KC-5408
$
.00
799
Additional Scoreboard
Expand the possibilities!
The control console can operate more than one
scoreboard, so you can have one on each end of the
court. Additional scoreboards contain
Cat. KC-5409
everything included in the original kit, $
.00
without parts for the control console.
649
4 Channel USB Datalogger
No more serial!
Record DC and slow-moving signals over very
long periods. It connects to a PC via the USB
port to display real time information, as well as
record it. No additional power is required. There are
four DC-coupled input channels, monitored at up to
100 samples/second (globally). It
has a host of great
features, just check out
our website.
Cat. QD-5000
$
.95
139
99
1
19 Key USB Numeric Keypad
Central ADSL Line Filter
Great for laptops!
One key feature that doesn’t come with
a notebook computer is the numeric
keypad. Sure it is overlayed on other
keys, but it just isn’t the same. This unit
is compact and Plug n Play, so it is very
easy to use.
Cat. XC-5155
$
.95
29
Relax at your computer!
The USB powered device contains
lavender scented wax that fills your
workspace with a
calming fragrance that is
said to soothe the mind
and heal the body. Works
with your own fragrances
too!
Cat. GH-1044
$
.95
iPod USB Data Cable
Attention PC users!
A replacement cable for a lost
or broken iPod data cable.
Works with all iPods that use
the 30 pin Apple connector.
WC-7692
Commonly used on Windows Cat.
$
.95
computers.
14
iPod Firewire Data Cable
Cat. WC-7690
$
.95
iPod Car Charger
14
Charge on the go!
Connects to your car’s
cigarette lighter socket
to charge your iPod via
the Apple 30 pin
Cat. MB-3650
connector.
$
.95
Great for travellers.
19
iPod Data / Charging Cradle and Cables
Very useful!
Charge and update your iPod easily with
this cradle. It will charge the battery and
you can connect the USB or
Firewire cable to update your
playlists etc. Cat. XC-4930
iPod not
$
.95
included
300k Pixel SurfCam USB Web Camera
Video conferencing and more!
It uses a 300k pixel colour
CMOS sensor with auto
exposure and white balance for
optimum performance. Software
included for creating greeting cards and
photo albums.
Cat. QC-3223
$
.00
35
USB Powered Battery Charger
Cat. XC-4950
$
.95
19
2
5 Button Scroll Mouse
69
Massive portable storage!
Instantly add gigabytes of
storage to your PC or
notebook. You can use
any 2.5" IDE HDD, and then
plug it into your USB 2.0 port for
super fast backup, transfer, and
storage. Includes carry pouch, cable,
and drivers (only required for Win98).
No flat batteries,
no sore muscles!
Charge your mobile
phone from your USB
port, or ease away
the stress of the day.
It suits Nokia, Siemens,
Samsung, and Sony Ericsson
phones.
Cat. XC-4678
$
.95
49
Cat. GG-2268
$
.95
12
7 Port USB 2.0 Powered Hub
No more plugging and unplugging cables!
This high speed hub features
powerand indiviual port LED
indication. It is self
powered, with a 5V mains
plugpack included.
Was
Cat. XC-4823
SAVE
$69.95
$
.95
59
$10
Notebook Docking Station
No more cable tangles!
Leave your peripherals
connected to the dock,
and just plug/unplug
a single cable!
Includes 4 port USB
2.0 hub, Ethernet, serial, and 2 x PS/2
connections.
Cat. XC-4860
$
.00
139
USB Radio and Remote Control
Radio on your PC!
Receive, play, and
record FM radio
stations through an
ultra-stable phase-lockedloop (PLL) tuning system
for superior reception.
Cat. XC-4880
Includes an IR remote control which
$
.95
can also be used with software such
as MS PowerPoint.
79
USB Wireless PC Security Lock
Simple PC security!
Keep the small transmitter
with you, and when you are
out of range (around 2m), it
puts your PC into "lock
mode". When you return, it
resumes normal operation.
Transmitter, receiver,
Cat. XC-4842
software and drivers
$
.95
supplied. Was $69.95
Ideal for voice recognition!
It can sit on your desktop, or be attached
to your monitor. It produces low noise and
has a wide frequency response for more
natural sound. 3m lead
Cat. AM-4087
to 3.5mm plug.
$
.95
12
USB Phone Charger / Mini Massager
49
Very handy!
Not only is this a handy USB 2.0 flash disk, it also
houses a card reader than can read Memory Stick,
Secure Digital, and Multimedia cards.
Fully compliant with USB
2.0 specification for ultra
fast data Cat. XC-4750
$
.95
transfer.
Desktop Multimedia
Microphone
2.5" IDE - USB 2.0 Hard Disk Drive Case
Great New iPod Accessories!
Recharge your batteries while
you download your photos!
Why use another mains outlet
when you can utilise the USB
power at hand. Charge up to
4 x AA or AAA, Ni-MH or Ni-Cd
batteries.
28
19
19
29
Cat. YT-6096
$
.95
Replace that tired old mouse!
This optical PS/2 mouse doesn’t
suffer from "dirty ball" problems
thanks to its optical design, with
fast resolution for Cat. XM-5119
$
.95
ease of use.
USB Aromatherapy Diffuser
Attention Mac users!
A replacement cable for a lost
or broken iPod data cable.
Works with all iPods that use
the 30 pin Apple connector.
Commonly used on Macintosh
computers.
128MB USB 2.0 Flash Disk with
Memory Card Reader
Simple brilliance!
This central line filter allows
multiple phone connections to
eliminate huge numbers of
individual filters sometimes
required when using ADSL services.
Surge and overload current protection.
TV/Video Capture Systems
HIGH DEFINITION Digital Terrestrial TV
Card for PCs
HDTV on your computer!
Watch either high or
standard definition TV on
your PC! It supports
wide-screen (16:9) and
standard (4:3)
aspect
Cat. XC-4819
$
.00
ratios.
179
USB 2.0 HIGH DEFINITION Terrestrial
TV Tuner for PCs
Top quality reception!
No need for physical
hardware installation, just
plug it into your USB 2.0 port
for HDTV. It operates in
enhanced 16:9 format with
software supplied for DVD making and Cat. XC-4814
manipulation. See our website for
$
.95
system requirements.
249
XPERT DVD Maker
SAVE
Convert all your old VHS tapes and
$20
camcorder cassettes to DVD!
XPERT DVD Maker
converts on the fly, so
there is no need for
excessive amounts of
free disk space. All
you need is a DVD
Cat. XC-4811
$
.00
burner and you can store
your memories forever!Was $149
129
USB 2.0 DVD Maker
No more fading memories!
Transfer all of your VHS,
Betamax, and camcorder
tapes to DVD using your
computer’s DVD burner.
With editing software to
add colour and transitional effects, as well as sound
tracks. Supports composite
Cat. XC-4809
SAVE
& S-Video inputs & PAL or
$
.00
$20
NTSC sources. Was $149
129
USB 2.0 Video Capture Box
SAVE
$20
Streaming full resolution video
on your PC!
Preview, record and playback
video, or burn to CD or DVD.
This is a great way of making
DVDs if you own an analogue
video camera. Includes capture
Cat. QV-3090
and editing software, supports MPEG1 $
.00
and MPEG2.
99
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
Great New HDMI Leads and Accessories
The latest technology!
The High Definition Multimedia
Interface (HDMI) provides high
quality signals for the best
reproduction quality.
HDMI Connecting Cables
Male to male connection
Cat. WQ-7400
1.5m
Cat. WQ-7402
3.0m
Cat. WQ-7404
5.0m
$39.95
$49.95
$64.95
HDMI to DVI Cable
Cat. WQ-7406
3.0m
$39.95
HDMI Adaptors
Cat. PA-3640 HDMI Socket to Socket
Cat. PA-3642 HDMI Plug to DVI-D Socket
Cat. PA-3644 HDMI Plug to DVI-D Plug
$14.95
$14.95
$14.95
1 Farad 20V Capacitor
with Voltage Display
Car audio enthusiasts
please note!
This massive capacitor will help
stabilise the voltage levels in a high
power stereo installation. A voltage
display keeps you informed of
voltage levels, and mounting
hardware is included.
Cat. RU-6750
$
.95
Analogue to Digital Audio / Composite to
S-Video Converter
Video conversion works both ways!
This processor converts analogue to digital audio, as
well as composite video to S-video and vice versa. It
offers optical and coaxial digital
audio outputs, which
supports the sync record
function. 9VDC power
supply included.
Cat. AC-1612
$
.95
89
Frequency Selectable RF Modulator
Excellent versatility!
Traditionally RF modulators
could only be used on
channels 0 or 1. This is fine
for many applications, but if you
already have a VCR or other device
tuned on those channels, it is a problem. This unit
allows you to select which channel to Cat. LM-3878
$
.95
tune into. Mains plugpack included.
49
Car Super Tweeter Bargain
99
Carbon Fibre Subwoofers
New range!
Featuring high quality Carbon Fibre cones
and dual voice coils, these new subwoofers
offer great performance and durability.
•See website for full details.
10" Subwoofer
•250WRMS power handling.
•Dual 4-ohm voice coils.
CS-2278
•87.1dB sensitivity.
$
179.95
Fantastic value!
They have a frequency
response of 6 to 20kHz
and 40WRMS power
handling.
Cat. CS-2218
Limited Qty
$ .00 ea
Was $5
SAVE
$1 ea
4
UHF Wireless Stereo
Headphones
No more limitations!
Walk freely around your home
listening to your favourite tunes.
Up to 100m range. Use internal
rechargeable
Cat. AA-2000
SAVE
batteries.
$
.95
$30.05
Was $109
78
4 Way Optical Switch Box
12" Subwoofer
•300WRMS power handling.
•Dual 4-ohm voice coils.
CS-2279
•88.2dB sensitivity.
219.00
$
LCD Virtual Goggles
Take the cinema screen with
you! Enjoy private viewing of
your TV/DVD/VCR or games
console with these lightweight
goggles. So portable they can
be used in a car to enjoy DVD
player entertainment, or
connect it to a video games console such as
PLAYSTATION, XBOX, etc. Supplied with
Cat. QM-3790
cables and power adaptor. 800 x 225
$
.00
(180,000) pixel resolution.
SAVE
Was $399
$50
349
MPEG4 Media Player
Great for the car or home!
Here is a great way to enjoy movies, music, and
picture slide shows on your TV or PC monitor. It
accepts many common memory cards so all you need
to do is load the files on the card, pop it in and you're
away! The IR remote control operates all functions,
including great features such as image zoom, image
rotate, slide shows, and various other great functions.
It supports MPEG4 encoded files in MPG, DAT, and
AVI format, and
Cat. XC-4865
$
.00
can also play music
and image files.
See our website for
full details.
Measures 125(W) x
22(H) x 83(D)mm.
199
Simple solution!
Optical signals
cannot be
electronically
switched, but this switch box
provides a solution. Four inputs
(1 x 3.5mm, 3 x Toslink), 1 Toslink
output.
19
2.4GHz Wireless Audio Video Sender
Watch cable TV all over the house!
Send a signal from a DVD player, set-top box etc., to
another room, without the use of any cables! You can
use as many receivers as you like, without degrading
signal quality. Each unit comes supplied with stereo
audio and video transmitter and receiver, mains
plugpacks & RCA cables. Transmission range is up to
100m, but depends on the type of construction
materials used.
Was $99
Cat. AR-1832
SAVE
$
.95
$29.05
69
Extra receiver to suit
Cat. AR-1833 Was $69
Cat. AR-1833
$
.95
49
SAVE
$19.05
2.4 GHz Wireless A/V Sender
with Remote Control Extender
With the addition of an IR remote
control repeater you can change the
channel of the source device etc from
Cat. AR-1830
the other room.
$
.95
Was $139
Extra receiver to suit
Cat. AR-1831
Cat. AR-1831
$
.95
Was $89
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
Cat. AC-1675
$
.95
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
89
SAVE
$49.05
69
SAVE
$19.05
Don’t
Miss
Out!
RIBBON
TWEETERS
Affordable
at last!
Spectacular
U.S. Stock
Purchase
All Audiophiles
know that ribbon
tweeters are the ultimate speaker for
smooth high (and very high)
frequency performance.
Unfortunately, a good ribbon tweeter can cost
between $100 and $500 - to thousands for some
custom German ones. Even high-end enclosure
manufacturers all opt for dome tweeters simply
because "ribbons" add too much to system cost.
Jaycar have made a massive stock purchase from a
major US organ manufacturer who makes both pipe
and electronic organs. They are an 80+ year old
company and we cannot tell you who they are! They
are restructuring their production of their high-end
organs and their stock of ribbon tweeters has been
sold to us far, far below the 10,000+ factory gate
price! Their massive loss is your gain.
The product. The tweeter is made in Japan by the
venerable manufacturer, Foster. The device itself has
multiple ribbon "diaphragm" components in
same-phase configuration. There are two basic types
of ribbon tweeters, static or dynamic type. This
product is the dynamic type which has conventional
impedance 8Ω and is more efficient. Each speaker is
supplied with a datasheet and securely packed.
Even if you do not have any specific need for a
ribbon tweeter at the moment, we strongly urge you
to consider purchasing it for future use. At the price
we are offering, we expect OEM (manufacturer)
interest. As it is a distress stock buy, quantities are
limited.
On many occasions in the past we have warned
customers of this and the slow ones miss out.
Finally, we think that technically, two tweeters per
enclosure would be the way to go. They should not
be overdriven. Note also the fairly high crossover
frequency. In keeping with this suggestion, we have
a special price for a set of 4 pieces.
Type:
Regular-phase 100mm ribbon tweeter
Power:
20 Watts RMS (cont), 50W max.
SPL:
92dB/Watt.
Freq Resp: 6K-40KHz +/-2dB (SUBLIME!).
Impedance: 8Ω.
Crossover Frequency: 6,400Hz (12dB / Octave).
Normally a speaker of this quality would sell for over
$100. Because the factory’s loss is your gain we are
offering this product for only $39.95 each, or a set of
4 for only $136 – only $34 each! You will KILL
yourself if you miss out and you will if you delay.
Cat. CT-2023
$
.95EA
39
or buy as a set
of 4 for $136.00
That”s only $34 each!
3 Piece Surround Sound Add-On
Enjoy the surround sound experience.
The centre speaker
contains a screened
4" mid/woofer, and
2" tweeter with a 6
ohm impedance.
The two rear speakers contain a 4" full range with a
4 ohm impedance. 2004 Cat Price $99.95
Cat. CS-2465
SAVE
$
.95
$45
54
3
5 in 1 Dynamo Power Bank
with Radio and Lamp
Very versatile! Not only does this dynamo powered
device have an AM/FM radio and incandescent lamp,
there is a host of other functions. There is a 3, 6, 9,
and 12VDC output socket to provide emergency
power, and a plugpack can also be
used to charge the
internal battery. It
also has two-way
charging; wind the
handle to charge your
car battery, or
let you car battery
charge it!
Cat. ST-3370
59.95
$
Novelty Pocket Lie Detector
The truth is out there!
Tell a lie and you get a low score,
tell the truth and get a high one.
There is no way out! Powered by
2 x AA batteries, and measures
just 150(L) x 110(W) x
40(D)mm.
Cat. GT-3060
29.95
$
Go Ballistic! - Novelty Target Game
Just like in games parlours!
This is a mini game where you launch a
small ball from a miniature catapult and try
to get it through the high scoring holes.
There are two modes of play,
and are hours of fun.
See website for details.
Cat. GT-3062
39
$
.95
Luminiferous Message Board
A message pad with a difference!
Switch it on and watch your
message light up. Great for
shopping lists or birthday
wishes, and a whole lot more.
Can be set to off, on, or flashing.
Measures 280(L) x 232(H) x
15(D)mm.
Cat. XC-0199
29.95
$
Remote Sound Effects Boxes!
Scream Machine with 6 Sounds
A great gag!
Scare the daylights out of
someone when you activate the
scream box. It will shriek one of
six sounds out loud, and they
won’t know it is
Cat. GH-1083
$
.95
you pressing the
button!
19
Giggle Machine with 6 Sounds
Do you tell a good joke?
Even if you don’t you will get a
laugh out of this box. Just
press the remote control for
one of six amusing giggles
to get everyone
Cat. GH-1085
laughing.
$
.95
19
Fart Machine with 6 Sounds
Our best fart machine yet!
With twice as many realistic
sounds as our regular model,
this new fart box is sure to shock
everyone at a party Cat. GH-1087
with disgusting
$
.95
realism!
19
4
STOP PRESS STOP PRESS STOP PRESS STOP PRESS STOP PRESS
1GB Portable MP4 / MP3 Player with
Voice Recorder / FM Radio
and Picture Viewer
Check this out!
This blows conventional MP3 players and
solid state flash disks out of the water!
At first glance, you might think that it is
just an MP3 player with an LCD screen,
but that is just the tip of the iceberg. This
unit is feature packed, just check out the line-up!
•MP3 player of course, the most obvious feature, the 1GB capacity allows
storage of a few hundred songs!
•JPEG picture viewer - you can run slideshows for you and your friends - great in this digital age.
•Built-in FM radio - so you can catch up on the news, or listen to the latest chart-topping hits.
•Voice recorder - so you can take voice notes or record conversations (with permission of course).
•MPEG-4 player - so you can watch full length movies on the go!
It measures just 75 x 37 x 14mm, and weighs less than 40g!
Cat. GE-4006
NOW AVAILABLE
The 1.3" high resolution TFT LCD screen provides crystal clear
$
.00
pictures, and is the perfect way to keep yourself entertained. See website for full details.
399
STOP PRESS STOP PRESS STOP PRESS STOP PRESS STOP PRESS
Mini Digital Video Camera
Recessed Colour LED Lights
Fantastic price!
A
This easy to use camera
digital video
fits in the palm of your
camera
for
hand!
under $200!
The recorded video can
be transferred to a computer for
editing, or simply viewed directly on
any TV with AV inputs.
Supplied with camera bag,
cables and software.
•3.1 mega pixel software
resolution for stills.
•1.5" colour LCD screen.
•5 layer glass
lens.
•32MB internal
memory
SAVE
•SD/MMC expansion slot
$50
•4x digital zoom
Cat. QC-3230
•Internal microphone
$
.00
Was
$249
and lots more!
199
Pedometer with 128MB MP3 Player
Time flies when you're exercising!
This pedometer has a
built-in MP3 player
which stores up
to two hours of music.
More than enough for
most fitness programs! Pedometer
functions include calorie counting, distance monitor,
as well as a clock. Supplied with USB Cat. GE-4012
cables and earphones.
$
.95
•68(L) x 39(W) x 22.5(H)mm
119
Pedometer with FM Radio
and Calorie Counter
Keep track of your calories!
You can input the food you
have eaten, and it will count
down how far to go until you
have walked it off. Many other
functions, see our website.
Cat. XC-0267
19.95
$
“Norbert” Robotic Vacuum Cleaner
Sit back and relax while your
IMPROVED
robot cleans the house!
MODEL
It automatically moves
around obstacles, and an
intelligent optical sensor
assists in avoiding walls
& obstructions. Works
best to supplement your
Cat. GH-1395
SAVE
$
.00
manual cleaner, not
$50
replace it. Was $249
Spare Dust Filters Pk 2 Cat. GH-1396 $29.95
Mop Papers Pk 100 Cat. GH-1397 $24.95
199
Illuminate in style!
They are great for illuminating paths,
driveways, and even floors because they
mount completely flush. Mains powered,
the lights measure 27(H) x 30(Dia)mm.
Can be expanded to 10 additional lights.
ST-3887 4 pcs white pack
ST-3885 White
Cat. ST-3887
Cat. ST-3885/6
$
.95
$
.95
ST-3886 Blue
89
19
Alcohol Breath Tester with
LCD Readout
Stay safe and under the limit on the
roads! This unit is very compact &
features an integrated LCD to give you an
actual readout of your blood alcohol
content.
While providing a good
indication of BAC, it should
not be relied on for precise
results, and you should never
drink and drive.
Cat. QM-7294
69.95
$
The Amazing Flygun!
Keep the kids entertained!
The Amazing Flygun is a safe,
fun, and effective method of
killing flies and mosquitoes. Launch
the spring powered swatter at your
target! It is safe, fun and really does
work!
Cat. YS-5545
SAFE
$ .95
FOR AGES 8
AND UP
7
Rechargeable 40 Channel
UHF Transceiver
Great range, great
features!
Since the outstanding
success of our
popular DC-1010
transceiver, it only
SAVE
seemed logical to
$30
refine the design,
adding a few enhancements along the way. It is a lot
more compact, measuring just 53(W) x 95(H) x
32(D)mm. It uses a small rechargeable battery pack,
and is supplied with a dual charging cradle. You can
still of course use AAA batteries as a backup. Four
step scrambling is also provided for private
communications, making this transceiver just plain
fantastic! Supplied with one
Buy a
transceiver and a charging
DC-1025 with
cradle. Was $89.95
an extra transceiver
(DC-1028) for just
Cat. DC-1025
$99.90! Save $60!
$
.95
59
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
SAVE ON RECHARGEABLE BATTERIES!
Under Cabinet Alarm Clock
Great in the workshop!
This alarm clock can bolt
under an overhead cabinet,
or simply sit on a desk. It
includes an AM/FM radio so you
can wake up to the morning news or
a simple buzzer. Mains powered.
SPEND $25 and SAVE $25! Spend $25 or more on
any combination of Ni-MH rechargeable batteries
– singles or packs - and you will save $25 on this
NiMH battery charger! What a great deal!
Cat. XC-0248
24.95
$
Colour Changing Digital Alarm Clock
Looks great!
Get rid of your boring alarm
clock and grab one of these!
The colour changes every hour
and it has a large LCD for easy
viewing. Displays time, alarm
time, as well as calendar
information. Mains Cat. XC-0254
$
.95
plugpack supplied.
SAVE
$5
$3.59ea
$12.95pk
$15.95pk
$5.95ea
$19.95pk
$12.95ea
$24.90ea
$12.95ea
SAVE
$10
$
SAVE
$3
Small, sleek, and stylish.
A unique rubber stand moulds to any
shape to suit all surfaces.
Clock face size is
Cat. XC-0216
$
.95
81(H) x 55(W)mm.
Was $17.95
14
14.95
$
BOTH TYPES
19.95
$
Create your own dance party atmosphere! Get
your party started the right way with some creative
lighting to help set the mood. Just add music and
you’re set! All mains powered. Kit contains:
•20cm mirror ball.
•1RPM mirror ball motor.
•PAR36 spotlight. •PAR36
globe.
•4 x coloured gels for PAR36.
39.95
Digital Map Distance Calculator
Cat. GT-3006
29.95
$
Cat. SL-2978
69.95
$
Lighting Clamp
Sturdy mounting!
Lighting clamps are used for securing
pinspot lights and accessories to lighting
stands. Measures 78(L) x 45(D)mm. Cat. SL-2969
PAR36 Spotlight with
Colour Wheel and Motor
4.95
$
Set the mood!
The advanced screw-cap globe holder
design, which is much better than
the older spring-clip style which
were clumsy. The 245mm fivecolour wheel and motor is easily
mounted for simple installation.
•Globe not included.
Use SL-2964 $9.95
Cat. SL-2963
44.95
$
19
49
Super bright!
Strobe lights are at home in the
clubs and on the dance floor, and
have been very popular for many
years. This unit features a super
bright 75W flash tube and can be
timed with music or independently.
Cat. SL-2999
See website for full details. Designed
$
.95
for domestic use only.
79
Mini Electric Toy Safe
More compact!
This mini version of our
regular toy safes has keypad
entry and great sound effects.
It measures 132(L) x 105(H) x
122(D)mm, and
A great way
has a coin slot
to save pocket
in the top.
money!
Cat. GH-1312
19.95
$
Electronic Toy Safes
4 Way Light Chaser with Sound
Modulator
Simple but effective!
When music is playing, it
switches in time with it.
There are no modulation
controls, but it works quite well
indeed. It uses 240V 60W ES reflector lamps,
supplied with a red, yellow, green,
Cat. SL-2942
and blue globe. Check out our
$
.95
website for replacements.
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
19
A touch of luxury!
Wash away the cares of the day - no
matter how far from civilisation you
are! The camping shower allows you
to take a shower wherever you are.
Cat. YS-2800
Powered by your
$
.95
vehicle’s 12V battery.
Heaps of power!
Great for theatrical and effects
lighting, it includes an adjustable
mounting bracket, quick change gel
holder, and an 800mm mains lead.
Cat. SL-2974
•Globe not included.
$
.95
Use SL-2977 $34.95
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
How far is the next turn off?
Automatically convert a map’s scale
distance to real distance by rolling the
small wheel along the desired route. It
works with any map scale Cat. XC-0375
$
.95
and displays in kilometres
or miles.
12V Camping Shower
PAR56 300W Spotlight
75W Strobe Light
Hands full? No worries!
Just wave your hand, foot,
or whatever you can, in front of
the intelligent rubbish bin and the
lid will open automatically! It will
also close back up again, so you
never need to touch it.
23L capacity.
Cat. GG-2315
$
G R E AT N E W PA R T Y LI G H T I N G R A N G E !
Disco Party Light Set
Very handy!
If you carry alot of batteries, or just
like things to be organised, then get
these. Each case holds 4 x AA
batteries, and there are two cases
supplied. One red and
one blue.
Intelligent Automatic Rubbish Bin
Great fun for the whole family!
The missiles launch spectacularly
into the air with the use of the
hand pump. They launch over
30m into the air!
Cat. XC-0160
59
3.95
Air Powered Rocket
Launcher and Pump
Disco Alarm Clock
Just $34.95
with a $25
battery purchase
Save $25
$
SAVE
$10
Were $29.95
Great versatility!
Run it off 12V in the car, or
mains when you’re at home. It
has loads of cell protection and
features to make it as safe as
possible, with automatic trickle
charging.
Cat. MB-3507
See website
$
.95
for full details.
Cat. HB-6359
Radio Controlled Submarines
Great underwater fun! They have
full manoeuvrability with forward,
reverse, left and right, and a
power dive function.
Two types available:
27MHz Yellow GT-3044
40MHz Blue GT-3045
12VDC / 240VAC Intelligent Fast
Charger / Discharger for Ni-MH /
Ni-Cd Batteries
4 x AA Battery Case - Pack of 2
19.95
Was
$29.95
9
An alarm with a difference!
Wake up to upbeat disco tunes
instead of the usual screeching
that we all know and love.
Measures 155 x 130 x 125mm.
Limited qty
SAVE
Was $29.95
$15
SB-1723
SB-1739
SB-1737
SB-1727
SB-1735
SB-2429
SB-2460
SB-2467
Swims underwater!
It has full manoeuverability
with forward, reverse, left
and right and a power
dive function. Cat. GT-3225
For every basketball fan!
Throw it at the wall to turn the alarm
off! You can’t play ball with it, but it is
fun to wake up to.
Cat. XC-0159
100mm diameter
$ .95
Was $14.95
Desk Clock with Alarm
and Calendar
AAA 900mAh Ni-MH Batteries
AAA 900mAh Ni-MH 4 Pack
AA 2000mAh Ni-MH 4 Pack
AA 2400mAh Ni-MH Batteries
AA 2400mAh Ni-MH 4 Pack
C 4500mAh Ni-MH Batteries
D 9000mAh Ni-MH Batteries
9V 200mAh Ni-MH Batteries
Radio Controlled Clown Fish
24
Basketball Action Clock
Buy $25 worth of these....
....and get $25 off this!
69
Ideal protection
against…
siblings!
Features an
illuminated keypad
and programmable
combination, with
voice or sound effects.
Pink Cat. GH-1310. Blue Cat. GH-1311
•185(H) x 135(W) x 125(D)mm.
BOTH TYPES
19.95EA
$
5
8 Port Digital Surveillance Capture Card
4 Input IP Sensor Modules
50 fps capture!
Using the power
of two separate
cards, it can deliver
high quality streaming video
through your PC, and you can view it
from a local or remote location. It records up to a
global rate of 50 frames per second so you won’t
miss any of the action from slow recording rates. It
also has an audio input and requires Cat. QV-3059
two PCI slots in your PC.
$
.00
See website for details.
Security over the Internet!
This 4 input sensor can be
given an IP address so you
can monitor the
state of the
inputs from
anywhere in
the world with an
internet browser. It can be used
for PIRs, alarm sensors, lights, and more. Password
protection, polarity protection, and
Cat. LA-9040
more included.
$
.00
See Cat page 327 for full details.
399
Professional Metal Detector
Lightweight
and easy to use, it
has a visual and audible
indication for detection, and
optional momentary operation. It is a
Cat. QP-2273
$
.95
must in this security conscious age.
Measures 410(L) x 85(W) x 20(D)mm.
99
Hand Held Tally Counter
Remote Control - Power Door Locking
SAVE
$10
A touch of luxury! Take the hassle out of locking and
unlocking doors when parking, or to
keep your kids safer in the back
seat. These kits are durable,
and easy to install.
Two and four door
lock kits available:
Two Door Kit
Four Door Kit
Includes 1 master, 3 slaves,
control relay, hardware, wiring.
Cat. LR-8812 Was $39.95
SAVE
$10
16
Expand the system! Buy an extra colour Cat. QC-3606
$
.00
receiver QC-3607 with your video
doorphone for just $199. Save $150!
399
Cat. LR-8810
$
.95
24
Cat. LR-8812
$
.95
29
Ideal for tenants!
The system is supplied with a control panel equipped
with keypad, and a built-in siren. It also comes with a
wireless PIR, reed switch, and panic
Cat. LA-5125
button which operate
$
.00
within a 50m range. There
are also provisions for
hard-wired
expansion if
desired.
See our
catalogue
page 326 for details.
199
Shed / Garage / Boat Alarm
Very affordable!
The garage or shed can often be
neglected when it comes to security,
but often there is valuable machinery
and tools inside. This unit consists of a
reed switch for the main door,
and a PIR for general
protection. Keyfob arm / disarm.
Includes mains plugpack, 10m
cable, and a battery backup option.
199
USB Pan / Tilt PC Camera with
Remote Access
This is one of the most useful PC based
cameras we have seen!
It has full functionality as a pan/tilt camera, with
motion controlled via the serial port! You can log onto
a preset IP address, and actually take control of the
pan/tilt functions. Software and drivers are
supplied on CD-ROM, and it is compatible
with Windows 98,SE,ME,2000, and XP.
•640 x 480 pixels resolution.
•Colour CMOS sensor.
•111(L) x 97(W) x 86(H)mm
approx.
Cat. QC-3395
Was $399
SAVE
$
.00
$100
4 Channel Multiplexing DVR with
120GB HDD and Ethernet
The new age is here!
Now you can have a
regular DVR in use for
surveillance around the
home or office, while having the ability to view
streaming video from anywhere in the world via an
internet connection. You can get peace of mind on
holidays or check up on your kids.
•Digital recording with wavelet compression.
•10/100 Base-T Ethernet connection.
Cat. QV-3072
$
.00
•Full control from remote location
•720 x 576 pixels (PAL)
•Video loss detection
•See website for specs.
999
Realistic Dummy Dome Cameras
Extremely realistic!
Both models can have standard
board cameras fitted to make
them real working cameras.
Cat. LA-5312
Corner Mounting
$
.95
Dummy Camera
29
Metal mounting for stability.
Cat. LA-5400
$
.95
P R OT E C T Y O U R H O M E O R O F F I C E !
A Quality and Comprehensive Security System
No contact required! Control entry to a
doorway, or an entire building. The unit can be used
in a network of locks administered by a central
location, or just to control access through a front
door. It is 12V powered, so you can use it
in remote locations, and
the reader unit is splash
proof. 5 RFID cards
included.
•N.O. and Cat. LA-5120
N.C. relay $
.00
contacts.
299
3 Zone Wireless Home Alarm Kit
Power Door Locking Kits for Cars
$5
Cat. LA-5018
$
.95
Top quality!
The colour camera, and LCD screen
give you excellent clarity to the
picture. Supplied with all mounting
hardware and wiring.
9
Includes 1 master, 1 slave, control relay,
hardware, wiring.
SAVE
Cat. LR-8810 Was $29.95
Select your style! Choose
from one of 32 different
melodies with the touch of a
button. The weatherproof
wireless transmitter is easily
mounted, and the receiver is
powered by 3 x AA batteries, so
no wiring is required.
Colour Video Doorphone
Simple operation!
Easily count crowds through a gate or
nightclub door to make sure you don’t
pass legal operating capacity. Simple to
use, it counts up to 9999. Cat. TC-2500
$ .95
The base can be
removed for pocket use.
69
129
Wireless Doorbell with 32 Melodies
Great for nightclubs!
Keyless entry!
Enjoy the luxury of keyless
entry no matter how
flash your car is. Simply
wire this unit up to your
central door locking (factory
or one of our kits), and you can
wirelessly activate
Cat. LR-8831
the actuators.
$
.95
Ltd qty. Was $79.95
RFID Access Control System
Cover all bases!
The Melcom 8 sector alarm system offers all the features of higher priced units, without the
extravagant price. It has an Austel approved dialler built in, so you can be remotely alerted to the alarm
being triggered, without the wildly over-priced monitoring fees that some security companies charge.
The panel offers 8 separate zones, with handy programmable features such as exit / entry delay, zone
naming, and more. The user panel features a display to assist with intrusion zone detection and
programming, and a whole lot more.
While you can purchase just the panel and keypad, the best way to get setup is to buy one of our
package kits. The LA-5428 consists of all the parts to get you started. Here is exactly what you get:
•1 x Melcom 8 sector alarm panel with dialler and keypad.
•3 x Proton quad PIRs. •1 x 7Ah backup battery. •1 x Strobe light. •1 x Siren cover.
Cat. LA-5428
•1 x Outdoor speaker siren. •1 x Indoor siren. •2 x Reed / magnet assemblies.
$
.00
•1 x 100m 6 core approved alarm cable. •1 x 30m roll of 2 core cable.
•4 x Deterrent stickers.
49
Dome Dummy Camera with
Right Angled Bracket
Highly noticeable for Cat. LA-5311
$
.95
maximum deterrent.
19
SPECIAL DEAL FOR AUGUST ONLY!
Not only do you get the Melcom 8 Sector
alarm deal at the fantastic price of $749, but
you also receive 20% OFF any additional
reed switches, PIRs, or alarm cable that you
purchase
at the
same time.
GREAT
VALUE!
749
6
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
NEW HARDCORE ELECTRONICS!
Genuine Panasonic Brand 3V Lithium
CR-2032 Cell - 10 Pack
A great price, but there's a catch!
We have made a
great surplus buy
of fresh, genuine
Panasonic brand
Japanese lithium
Limited
cells. These cells,
Quantity
however, have PCB
mount pins attached via very light spot welds. You
can mount the battery on a circuit board with the
pins - or you can easily remove the pin terminals by
grinding the spot welds off with an engraver. Why
bother? To save big money, that's why! Panasonic
CR2032 batteries normally cost $6 to $7 each..
This month buy a pack of 10 x CR-2032 for only $20!
That's only $2 per battery! Even if you don't use
them immediately the long shelf life
will keep them fresh for up to 10 years. Cat. SB-1764
$
PKT
10
20
IEC320 to Mains Socket – UPS Lead
Here at last!
After countless requests we
have a lead to plug mains
Cat. PS-4100
devices into a UPS
$ .95
which has IEC320
sockets. 150mm long.
9
Coax Seal Tape
No more water ingress!
Seal your outdoor coaxial
connections to prevent
moisture entering the connectors which
hampers signal quality and causes corrosion.
Simply wrap it around the connector and cable,
and it will turn into a removable water
Cat. NM-2828
resistant seal that lasts for years.
$ .95
•12mm wide
As used by NASA
and the US military
•1.5m length.
9
2 x Digit LCD Display – BARGAIN
Genuine AAVID/Thermalloy TO-220
Heatsink Clips
Very versatile!
These are a TO-220 heatsink clip on
with a dissipation of 18.8°C per watt.
•Push-on type.
Cat. HH-8505
•Pack of 10.
$
PKT
10
•Limited quantity.
8
Powertech Switchmode Power Supplies
Affordable quality!
Priced well below our current range with the
same features and durability. See website for
individual specifications.
MP-3160
MP-3162
MP-3165
MP-3167
MP-3170
MP-3172
MP-3174
MP-3175
MP-3179
MP-3180
MP-3185
MP-3187
MP-3189
MP-3250
$44.95
$44.95
$54.95
$54.95
$59.95
$59.95
$64.95
$69.95
$69.95
$99.95
$94.95
$94.95
$94.95
$169.95
Simple tester for a simple
problem. Don’t get caught
with a faulty spark
plug. Bright neon
Cat. QP-2264
illumination indicates
$ .95
spark presence.
5
90 - 300VAC / DC
Voltage Tester
Cat. KJ-6696
$
.95
49
HKZ-101 Hall Effect vane
Jaycar has it back!
Previously obsolete, the HKZ-101 has
been commonly requested, but difficult
to find since Siemens deleted it in
1998. This copy is almost identical, and
works very well.
See our website for data.
A quick go / no go indication.
Great for simply testing to see if a
wire is live. High quality
Cat. QP-2240
insulated probes,
$ .95
neon indication.
3
GPO Mains and Earth Leakage Tester
Cat. ZD-1900
$
.95
19
Make GPO installation and
checking a breeze!
Identifies problems with wiring,
and checks earth leakage circuit
breakers using
Cat. QP-2000
selectable trip
$
.95
current.
19
1000V 7 Piece Screwdriver Set
IDEAL Non - Contact
60 to 400VAC Tester
Great for every tradesman’s pocket!
Gives an audible and visual
indication on energised
circuits. It has an
Cat. QP-2274
unlimited lifetime
$
.95
warranty, and is rated at CAT III 600V.
29
GS and VDE tested and
approved. Soft rubber
grip handles, with
insulation right to the tip.
CHECK THIS
GREAT PRICE!
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
4
4
25W 12VDC
25W 24VDC
40W 12VDC
40W 24VDC
60W 12VDC
60W 24VDC
60W 5/12VDC
100W 12VDC
100W 24VDC Open Frame
120V 5/24VDC
150W 12VDC
150W 15VDC
150W 24VDC
240W 12VDC
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
Cat. TD-2022
$
.95
19
1 Farad 5.5V Super Capacitor
Massive capacity!
These are high capacity 1 Farad
capacitors made by ELNA in Japan.
Very useful for 5V memory retention in
volatile chips. PCB mount. Cat. RU-6705
$ .95
Special introductory price!
Awesome value!
Classic 7 segment x 2 LCD with
0.1" PCB pin connection.
Includes datasheet.
Limited quantities
Cat. QP-5514
available.
$ .00
Neon Spark Plug Tester
Wind Powered Generator
Experimenters Kit
A great learning tool!
This small scale project enables
you to build a real working wind
generator, and then use it for
experimenting. It can supply up
to 10VDC <at> 100mA (depending
on wind speed), and features an
on-board 0.3F capacitor so you
can store the energy for later
use. Kit includes all parts to make
the generator, fan assembly, and
pedestal. Stands 250mm high.
This section is dedicated to what’s new
for the Hardcore Enthusiast.
VELLEMAN Pic Programmer / Checker
Versatile!
Supporting 8p, 14p, 18p, and 24p PIC
microcontrollers, this board is
quite versatile. It includes
test buttons and LED
indicators for on-board
experimenting and testing, as
well as programming
software. Includes a PIC16F627.
Cat. XC-4402
$
.00
119
HK-828 45 Second Voice Recorder IC
Great for projects! The HK-828 voice recorder
IC is a great low-cost record/playback device
for use in many projects. There are
loads of great applications
and data sheets are on our
website. This IC is used in a
voice recorder project,
Cat. ZZ-8200
described in Silicon Chip
$
.95
Magazine, May 2005.
19
See page 8 for the kit.
Encapsulated Toroidals
•Low magnetic stray
field emissions.
•Low standby current.
•Low profile.
•Magnetic shielded.
•Fully encapsulated.
•See website for details.
3.2VA 12V MT-2030 3.2VA 18V MT-2032
7.0VA 12V MT-2036 7.0VA 18V MT-2038
3.2VA
7.0VA
7.0VA 24V MT-2040
$
.95
$
.95
19
22
STOP PRESS STOP PRESS STOP
Attn: All You “Tim The Toolmen”
(The Wealthy Ones Anyway)
We now stock the USDesigned Grabit damaged
screw removal tool, but
BOY it’s expensive!!
What it does. If you have
a typically, (but not
necessarily) countersunk
screw that is slotted,
Phillips, Posidrive, Torx, TriWing, tamper resistant, etc
that is totally stripped out, this product will get it out even if the head is totally hollow! All of us “Tims”
have experienced this! The extraction bit consists of a
burnishing bit that basically preps a tapered hole in the
screw head. You turn the bit around with the extractor
bit out, reverse the cordless drill direction and the
extractor bit bites into the prepped hole with
tremendous force. Works equally well on brass, steel,
stainless screws etc. If your time is money, this
product is worth it. If you are just a “weekend
warrior” like most of us you will have to think hard
about the price. It will remove a screw that is breaking
your heart but, boy you will pay. The TD-2059 consists
of two 1/4” hex drive bits that cover screws from #6
to #14 gauge. They come in a small plastic case with
instructions. In days when a 12V cordless drill can
retail for $25 this product may seem
Cat. TD-2059
expensive. What it can do for you, over
$
.95
and over again is priceless.
49
STOP PRESS STOP PRESS STOP
7
VELLEMAN USB Controlled Interface Kit
The New Flexitimer Kit
More accurate and versatile!
Ref: Silicon Chip August
2005. We have seen
many timer kits over the
years (just look else
where on this page!),
but nothing as exciting
as this. The new kit is
PIC microprocessor
controlled and features a friendly user interface
making it much simpler to use than previous
designs. This also gives it excellent accuracy and
added flexibility. You can program times up to
99mins 59secs, and even two times with a selection
to alternate up to 99 times (so you could set
periodical on/off periods for many applications.
Check out our website for the full details.
Kit includes PCB, silk screened and
Cat. KC-5415
machined case, LCD, & all electronic
$
.95
components. As easy to program
as a microwave oven timer!
No parallel, no problems!
This interface kit offers 5
digital and 2 analogue
inputs, as well as 8
digital and 2 analogue
outputs! That is plenty
for experimenting and
interfacing with your home
or devices in many ways. It is powered straight from
the USB port, and even has on-board test functions.
The kit is supplied with all components, silk screened
PCB, assembly manual, and software. Cat. KV-3600
$
.95
You will not be disappointed.
MIDI Theremin Synthesiser Kit
69
Voice Recorder Kit
Recording flexibility!
Ref: SC May 2004.
Record and playback up to
60 seconds of audio, all
under the control of a PC
or microcontroller. Variable
Cat. KC-5412
sampling rate allows quality selection,
$
.95
and more. Kit supplied with PCB, voice
recorder IC, and all electronic components.
39
Lead-Acid Battery Zapper Kit
Extend the working life of your lead-acid battery!
Ref: SC July 2005.
This simple circuit is
designed to produce bursts
of high-energy pulses to
help reverse the damaging
effects of sulphation in "wet"
lead-acid batteries. This is particularly
useful when battery has been sitting for a
period of time without use. Its effects are dependant
on the battery’s condition and type, but the results
can be quite good indeed. Kit supplied with case, silk
Cat. KC-5414
screened lid, leads, inductors
$
.95
and all electronic components.
Exclusive to Jaycar!
Ref: Silicon Chip
April / May 05.
Instead of
generating a
Theremin like
tone, it relies on
a MIDI accessible
synthesiser or a
Bass Extender Kit
computer with a
An extra octave of bass response!
sound card.
Ref: Silicon Chip April 2005. This
When set up
SMS Controller Kit
project boosts the level of bass
(usually with a
Control appliances from anywhere!
to counteract the frequency
computer), it
Ref: Silicon Chip Nov 2004.
roll-off of your loudspeaker
will play up to 120 different
The SMS controller kit works
enclosures, effectively giving
instrument selections in 15 types, by 8
with Nokia 3210, 3310, 5110,
you an extra octave of bass response.
variations. There are loads of features and functions,
and 6110 models to control
Kit includes PCB and all
too
many
to
list
here,
so
check
out
our
website
or
the
Cat. KC-5400
electronic outputs, and gives you a
Cat. KC-5411
electronic components.
Silicon
Chip
articles
for
full
details.
Kit
supplied
with
$
.50
$
.95
host of control options. The possible
YOUR LOCAL JAYCAR STORE
PCB, case, LCD, and all electronic components.
uses are almost endless! Kit includes
Cat. KC-5410
NEW SOUTH WALES
PCB, pre-programmed micro, and all electronic
$
.00
AC/DC Current Clamp Meter
Albury
Ph (02) 6021 6788
components. Requires Nokia data cable.
Alexandria
Ph (02) 9699 4699
Kit for DMMs
Bankstown
Ph (02) 9709 2822
The SHORT CIRCUITS LEARNING SYSTEM
A cheap alternative!
Bondi Junction Ph (02) 9369 3899
The Short Circuits learning system is a great way to learn
Ref: SC Sept ’03. It
Brookvale
Ph (02) 9905 4130
electronics. It is fun, informative, and you build great
works with your
Campbelltown Ph (02) 4620 7155
Erina
Ph (02) 4365 3433
projects along the way. Here is just one from Short Circuits 3…
DMM just like a
Hornsby
Ph (02) 9476 6221
professional clamp meter.
Guitar Practice Amplifier Kit
Cat. KC-5368
Newcastle
Ph (02) 4965 3799
Kit includes PCB, case,
Don’t annoy the neighbours!
$
.95
Parramatta
Ph (02) 9683 3377
hall effect sensor, pre-cut
Penrith
Ph (02) 4721 8337
It has a guitar type input socket, small speaker, and volume control. It
Cat. KJ-8092
core, and electronic components.
Silverwater
Ph (02) 9741 8557
$
.50
sounds great! Kit supplied with PCB, speaker, socket, and all electronic
St. Leonards Ph (02) 9439 4799
components.
Instructions
are
in
the
Short
Circuits
3
book.
Sydney City
Ph (02) 9267 1614
Fuel Mixture Display Kit
Taren Point
Ph (02) 9531 7033
Theremin Synthesiser Kit
Is your car
The "Flexitimer" Kit
Wollongong
Ph (02) 4226 7089
Far cheaper than commercial units!
running right?
VICTORIA
A must have!
Ref: SC Aug ’00. The Theremin Synthesiser
Coburg
Ph (03) 9384 1811
Ref: SC Nov ’95. It
Ref: EA March
Frankston
Ph (03) 9781 4100
produces those familiar science fiction movie ’91. Using just
gives an indication
Geelong
Ph (03) 5221 5800
sound effects when you move your hand
of fuel mixture via 10
a handful of
Melbourne
Ph (03) 9663 2030
between the metal plate and antenna. It has
LEDs. Kit includes
components, it
Cat. KC-5195
Ringwood
Ph (03) 9870 9053
an amazing range from shrieks to growls,
PCB and all electronic
$
.95
Springvale
Ph (03) 9547 1022
can accurately
Cat. KA-1732
and is not just entertaining. The Beach Boys
QUEENSLAND
components.
time intervals to trip
$
.95
Aspley
Ph (07) 3863 0099
used a Theremin in their classic hit "Good
the relay. Includes PCB
Brisbane - Woolloongabba
Car
Turbo
Timer
Kit
Vibrations"! Kit
and all electronic components.
Cat. KC-5295
Ph (07) 3393 0777
supplied with PCB,
$
.95
Save your turbo!
Gold Coast - Mermaid Beach
silk
screened
and
It idles your car for a set
Ph (07) 5526 6722
12VDC Relay Card Kit
machined case, metal plate,
Townsville
Ph (07) 4772 5022
time after the
Low current trigger!
Underwood
Ph (07) 3841 4888
antenna, speaker,
ignition is
AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY
This kit will close the relay
and all electronic
switched
off
to
aid
Canberra
Ph (02) 6239 1801
contacts with just 5mA as
components.
in
turbo
cooling.
TASMANIA
a trigger. Great for use
Includes PCB, case,
Hobart
Ph (03) 6272 9955
with a kit using an LED
Also available
SOUTH AUSTRALIA
relay, and all
Cat.
KC-5254
pre-built
and
tested
trigger. Includes PCB and
Adelaide
Ph (08) 8231 7355
electronic
$
.95
Cat.
AM-4025
$99
Clovelly Park Ph (08) 8276 6901
electronic components.
Cat. KG-9142
components.
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
$ .95
Perth
Ph (08) 9328 8252
Performance Electronics for Cars Book
NORTHERN TERRITORY
Darwin
Ph (08) 8948 4043
Dual 12V Battery Controller Kit
Over 160 pages! The Performance Electronics for Cars Book from
NEW ZEALAND
No more flat batteries!
Silicon Chip publications has chapters on modification and theory, as
Hamilton
Ph (07) 846 0177
Ref: EA Feb ’96. It
well as the 16 projects. Here is just one… Cat. BS-5080 $19.80
Newmarket - Auckland
disconnects the
Ph (09) 377 6421
Nitrous Fuel Mixture / Motor Speed Controller Kit
auxiliary battery from
Glenfield - Auckland
Save a fortune over pre-built units! Use it with an injector to
Ph (09) 444 4628
the system when the
fire nitrous fuel into your engine, or control an
Wellington
Ph (04) 801 9005
engine is off, so you
electronic
water
pump
etc.
Hundreds
of
Christchurch Ph (03) 379 1662
won’t run your primary flat. Kit includes
uses! Kit includes PCB and all
Freecall Orders Ph 0800 452 9227
PCB, case, and all electronic Cat. KA-1782
Cat. KC-5382
electronic
$
.95
components.
$
.95
components.
89
39
49
19
159
34
14
14
18
59
29
7
24
8
PRICES VALID TO
END AUGUST 2005
49
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
Featurescontrol of external/recirculate air
• Automatic
le)
here applicab
vent in car (w
aler t:
n
O concentratio
• Two-level C
D
LE
l flashes
Warning leve
and triggers
lly lights LED
fu
l
ve
Alarm le
tput
DPDT relay ou
y operation
or toggle rela
ry
ta
en
om
M
•
justments
and alarm ad
ng
ni
ar
w
e
at
steresis
• Separ
alarm level hy
d
an
ng
ni
ar
w
• Adjustable
justment
calibration ad
ut
tp
ou
or
ns
• CO se
anual reset
• Optional m
ion
• 12V operat
mode
• Circuit test
Carbon
Monoxide
ALERT
By
John Clarke
Carbon monoxide is an insidious poison which can – and
does – kill. It’s colourless, odourless and sneaks up on you!
The first time victims become aware of carbon monoxide
poisoning could be too late.
C
arbon monoxide (CO) is a pretty simple gas, consisting
of one carbon and one oxygen atom. It will eventually
mate with a spare oxygen atom and reform into the
more natural – and relatively harmless – carbon dioxide,
or CO2. But it remains as CO more than long enough to
cause real harm to us mere mortals! Moreover, carbon
monoxide poisoning can be very difficult to treat.
While carbon dioxide (CO2) is not poisonous as such (in
fact the air we breathe naturally contains around 0.03%
carbon dioxide), in sufficient quantity it can displace oxygen in the air and therefore cause suffocation.
However, carbon monoxide (CO) in any significant quantity is poisonous because it affects the carrying of oxygen
in our blood. One of the main problems is that CO has 200
times greater affinity with the haemoglobin in your blood
siliconchip.com.au
than does oxygen. It literally stops the blood supply from
carrying oxygen around the body and, most importantly,
to the brain. When the brain suffers from oxygen starvation, permanent damage and even death can result in an
amazingly short time – just a few minutes.
Therefore, even if there is a relatively good supply of
fresh air, a relatively small concentration of CO in that air
places you in significant danger.
Where vehicles are concerned, CO is almost always
accompanied by exhaust fumes which do have an odour,
so preventative/remedial action can hopefully be taken.
But if you’re a smoker (with already elevated CO levels in
your blood) or suffering from an allergy such as hay fever,
there is a real chance that your sense of smell might be
compromised enough not to notice.
August 2005 61
So you really need to avoid breathing in CO. The effects
of this dangerous gas. You don’t have to spend $$$$$$ on
also tend to be cumulative – the body can get rid of it over
a luxury car – just a few $ on this ingenious kit.
time but prolonged exposure can be deadly – literally.
Our Carbon Monoxide Alert monitors the level of CO
You may have seen those signs in tunnels and deep,
gas and warns if it reaches danger levels. It has an earlylong cuttings asking you to turn off your car engine during
warning flashing LED for low CO concentrations and an
delays. There’s a good reason for that – unfortunately, the
alarm output that is set for a higher CO concentration level.
signs are ignored by many.
A continuously lit LED indicates the alarm and a relay is
If you have ever been caught in heavy traffic, you may
switched on.
have noticed that you are becoming tired and developing a
The relay contacts can be used to power a siren or it can
headache. While the frustration of sitting in traffic may be
be used to switch the vehicle’s cabin air vent switch from
affecting you, this is probably not the reason for your indispoexternal to recirculate so that outside air does not enter
sition. In fact, these are classic symptoms of exposure to CO.
the cabin of the car. In this last application, the CO sensor
The table above shows
needs to be mounted
the effects of exposure
outside the cabin so
to CO gas against the
Effects of CO gas poisoning and symptoms that it monitors outconcentrations in the
side air rather than
50ppm
Exposure for a few hours normally does not result in any
air. It is likely that the
cabin air.
symptoms
CO concentration will
When used to con100ppm
Exposure for a few hours results in a slight headache (usually
rise to greater than
trol
the air vent, the
in the forehead)
100ppm in heavy trafCO Alert can operate
500ppm
Exposure for one hour results in a headache with increasing
fic and perhaps even
one of two types of
severity over time
more if the number of
external/recircula1000ppm Exposure for 20-30 minutes results in a headache, dizziness
cars ahead of you do
tion controls found
and nausea, with possible death within 2 hours
not to have a catalytic
in cars. These are the
4000ppm Exposure results in possible death within 30 minutes
converter in their exelectrically-activated
haust system.
types that typically
Modern cars with catalytic converters will produce concontrol a solenoid, allowing pneumatic actuators to open
siderably less CO gas than their older counterparts and this
or close the vent. The CO Alert is not suitable for controlis because one of the functions of the catalytic converter
ling manually operated sliders that physically move the
is to convert the CO gas into CO2. The conversion is done
vent to open or closed positions.
using a platinum catalyst that aids in converting the exhaust
There are two types of electrically activated vent conproducts of hydrocarbons and CO into CO2 and water.
trols. One is a push-on/push-off switch and the other is
While overall CO levels may be on the decrease, there
the momentary switch that toggles between external and
are still relatively high levels in the air along main roads; in
recirculation for each pressing of the switch. This last type
fact anywhere there is a concentration of vehicles with their
is the typical switch used with climate control systems.
engines running. Areas where the exhaust gases are not well
For use with a push-on/push-off switch, the CO Alert will
ventilated can also be a problem – such as underground and
switch on its relay whenever there is an alarm condition.
high-rise car parks, tunnels, garages and sheds.
External/recirculation control is then possible by wiring
There are two ways CO can build up
inside your car. The first is where the car
PURGE
PURGE
PURGE
exhaust system has holes or leaks that al5V
low the exhaust gases to leak into the car
CO
cabin via poorly fitting seals around the
SENSOR
door or via open windows. To prevent this,
HEATER
60s
90s
60s
90s
60s
90s
VOLTAGE
it is recommended the exhaust system be
periodically checked for leaks.
1.4V
The second way is from other vehicles’
exhausts. Think about it: you are sitting in
TIME
a line of traffic (whether stopped or moving)
LOW
and the exhaust pipe of the vehicle ahead
of you is directing the flow of exhaust gases
(including CO) away from that vehicle –
CO
straight towards yours.
SENSOR
OUTPUT
If your air intake is set to “fresh” you aren’t
RESISTANCE
taking in fresh air at all: you’re sucking in the
fumes of the cars in front! In slow or stopped
traffic, the only safe option is to switch your
HIGH
air intake to “recirculate” or to turn the fan/
TIME
air conditioner off completely.
FRESH AIR (0ppm CO)
(100ppm CO)
In some of today’s luxury cars, a sensor
Fig.1: the CO sensor goes through a 150-second cycle, purging itself
automatically detects carbon monoxide levfor one minute then looking for carbon monoxide during the next 90
els and switches the air input from outside
seconds. When CO is detected, its output resistance drops significantly.
to recirculate, thereby avoiding a build-up
62 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
It’s larger than life but this photo shows
the completed PC board, ready for installation
inside a case or mounting under the dash, as
explained in the text. The carbon monoxide sensor is
the cylindrical silver device, top right of picture.
the relay contacts to this switch. Note that the car’s external
recirculation switch should be kept set for the external
position so the relay can take over when recirculated air
is required.
For use with the momentary switch, the CO Alert relay
momentarily switches the relay both when the alarm
switches on and also when it switches off. This will
therefore duplicate the momentary switch action to select
recirculate when the alarm is on and external air when
the alarm goes off. The action should remain correctly
in synchronisation, selecting recirculation for the alarm
condition unless the car’s external/recirculation switch is
pressed to change the settings.
Synchronisation is also ensured because we have in-
OPTIONS
12V IN
RESET
LK1 LK2
REG1
S1
5V
WARNING/ALARM
λ
PURGE
CONTROL
(Q1)
LED1
60/90
SECONDS
TIMER (IC1)
RB5
SENSITIVITY
CO
SENSOR
COMPARISONS
(IC1)
AN2
RELAY DRIVER
(Q2, RLY1, LED2)
VR1
AN4
VR2
AN3
VR3
SET HYSTERESIS
ALARM
AN0
VR4
siliconchip.com.au
AN1
VR5
SET HYSTERESIS
WARNING
LEVEL CONTROLS
RELAY
CONTACTS
Fig.2: operation of the CO Alert is easiest to
understand by referring to each of the functions
in this block diagram. Most of these occur via
microcontroller IC1.
August 2005 63
REG1 7805
+5V
OUT
10Ω
IN
10 µF
16V
100nF
4
14
Vdd
75Ω
E
C
10Ω
1k
B
11
AN4
MQ-7
CO
SENSOR
B
H
VR1
50k
AN0
AN2
IC1
PIC16F88
100nF
4.7k
1k
RESET
S1
2005
RB7
17
LEDS
K
VR4 WARNING
10k
SET
RELAY1
K
D2
1N4004
RELAY
CONTACTS 1
NC
COM
NO
A
2.2k
TP5
AN1
RA6
18
RELAY
CONTACTS 2
NC
COM
NO
VR5 WARNING
10k HYSTERESIS
1k
15
A
B
C
Q2
BC337
BC327, BC337
E
7
MOMENTARY
OR ON/OFF
LK1
SC
13
0V
K
λ LED2
TP4
1
–
100 µF
A
16V
VR3 ALARM
10k HYST.
2
TP1
1k
+12V
ZD1
16V
1W
+12V
TP3
AN3
A
VR2 ALARM
10k
SET
3
Q1
BC327
H
A
TP2
MCLR
RB5
100 µF
16V
K
1W
+
GND
100 µF
16V
D1 1N4004
6
RB1
RB3
9
TEST
LK2
E B C
470Ω
RB0
Vss
5
A
λ LED1
K
CARBON MONOXIDE ALERT/ALARM
7805
MQ-7
CO
SENSOR
H
B
B
A
A
H
ZENER
–
+
1N4004
A
K
IN
OUT
GND
Fig.3: for a complex circuit, it’s pretty simple! The PIC microcontroller takes care of most functions.
cluded an alarm memory. This remembers the current alarm
status so that if the engine is switched off while there is
an alarm condition, the alert will momentarily switch the
relay on when the car is restarted. This will switch the
vent back to external air. This memory is then cleared, so
if the engine is switched off and on again, the relay will
not momentarily switch again.
There are some cars that automatically select external air
when the car is started. For this case, we have provided an
option that disables the alarm memory feature. So regardless whether or not there was an alarm condition when the
car is switched off, the external/recirculation settings will
not be altered when the car is started.
In any event, you can press the external/recirculation
switch on the car at any time to change the setting if it
somehow gets out of synchronisation. A reset switch on
the CO Alert can be used to switch off the alarm and return
the air vent selection to external.
Other (non-vehicle) CO alarms
We have concentrated on automotive uses for this project
because that’s the primary “market”. But there is nothing
to stop you using this alarm to warn of dangerous CO
buildups, anywhere they are likely to be generated – in
fact, it’s entirely practical!
64 Silicon Chip
One application which springs to mind would be in
caravans and mobile homes: every year there are reports of
people being poisoned through the use of unflued heaters
(or even gas stoves). Other suggestions would be around
stationary engines such as power generators (especially as
these are likely to be in confined spaces). Here the relay
output could be used to turn on an exhaust fan.
The CO sensor
Detection of the CO gas in the air is possible by using a sensor that is specifically designed to be sensitive to this gas.
The CO sensor is made up of an aluminium oxide ceramic tube that is coated with tin dioxide to detect the CO
gas. Two electrodes are attached to the tin oxide layer to
provide for measurement of the change in resistance with
CO concentration. Tthe ceramic tube is heated with a coil
to bring the sensitive layer up to the required temperature
for CO sensing.
In addition, the temperature is periodically raised beyond
the normal measurement value in order to burn off impurities
that may affect the readings. This purging is performed over
a 60-second period, followed by a 90- second measurement
period. The actual CO concentration measurement is made
at the end of the 90-second measurement period.
Fig.1 shows the cycle of events when making a CO gas
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.4: the component overlay
(above) with a matching samesize photo (right). Between the
two of these, you shouldn’t
have any problems with
construction. Watch polarity on
the electrolytic capacitors and
semiconductors.
measurement. Initially the sensor has the full 5V applied
to its heating coil for 60 seconds. This performs the purge.
The resistance across the measurement terminals falls to
a relatively low value during the purge. After purging, the
heater coil is reduced in temperature by reducing the voltage applied to the coil to 1.4V. The measurement resistance
becomes high at the end of 90 seconds when exposed to
fresh air. If the sensor is exposed to air containing concentrations of CO gas, the measurement resistance will
be lower than the fresh air concentration reading after the
90-second measurement period.
Block diagram
The block diagram for the CO Alert is shown in Fig.2.
The sequence for sensor purging and measurement plus
warning and alarm point detection is under control of a
microcontroller, IC1. IC1’s RB5 output drives the purge
control block to adjust power to the heater coil so that the
CO sensor is supplied with the full 5V to the heater during
the 60-second purge and with 1.4V during the 90-second
measurement period.
The sensor output is monitored at IC1’s AN2 input,
while sensitivity to the CO concentration is adjusted using
VR1. In operation, the sensor voltage at the AN2 input is
compared with the settings at the warning AN0 input and
the alarm AN4 input.
If the sensor voltage goes above the warning setting but
below the alarm setting, then the RB3 output will flash the
warning/alarm LED on and off. Should the sensor voltage
go above the alarm setting, the LED will stay lit.
siliconchip.com.au
When the alarm LED becomes lit, the alarm relay will also
switch on if the option at RB1 input is set to on/off. If the
RB1 option is set to momentary, then the relay will switch
on for about one second before switching off again.
When the sensor voltage goes below the alarm threshold,
the relay will switch off for the on/off setting and momentarily
switch on and off for the momentary setting option.
Note that hysteresis has been included for both the
warning and alarm settings. Hysteresis prevents the alarm
switching on and off repeatedly or “hunting” when the
sensor voltage equals the alarm setting. The levels on the
AN1 and AN3 inputs respectively set this.
Hysteresis alters the switching point for the warning
and alarm settings so that the CO concentration must fall
more than “just below” the warning and alarm settings
before switching off these conditions. For example, with
the alarm setting, the alarm condition will be set when the
sensor voltage reaches the value set by the alarm input but
will not be switched off until the voltage drops below the
“alarm hysteresis” setting.
Finally, input RB0 provides a test function. This cycles
the purge/measurement cycle much faster than the normal
60s and 90s rate, enabling the circuit to be tested without
having to wait for more than two minutes to see the effects
of changing the settings.
The circuit
The circuit is made relatively simple because of the use
of a microcontroller instead of discrete ICs. Without the
microcontroller, we would have required at least three ICs
August 2005 65
Parts List –
Carbon Monoxide Alert
1 PC board coded 05108051, 120 x 60mm
1 plastic utility box 130 x 68 x 43mm
1 MQ-7 CO gas sensor (Jaycar RS-5615)
1 panel-mount momentary pushbutton switch
(NO contacts) (S1)
5 2-way PC-mount screw terminals, 2.54mm pitch
1 12V DPDT 10A relay (RLY1)
1 cigarette lighter plug
1 18-pin DIL IC socket
1 mini heatsink, 19 x 19 x 10mm
1 M3 x 10mm screw and nut
12 PC stakes
2 2-way pin headers, 2.54mm pitch
2 jumper shorting plugs
1 300mm length of 10A dual figure-8 wire with
polarity stripe
1 200mm length of hookup wire
Semiconductors
1 PIC16F88 micro controller programmed with
cosensor.hex (IC1)
1 7805 5V regulator (REG1)
1 BC327 PNP transistor (Q1)
1 BC337 NPN transistor (Q2)
1 16V 1W zener diode (ZD1)
2 1N4004 1A diodes (D1,D2)
2 5mm red LEDs (LED1, LED2)
Capacitors
3 100mF 16V PC electrolytic
1 10mF 16V PC electrolytic
2 100nF MKT polyester (0.1mF – code 104 or 100n)
Resistors (0.25W, 1%)
1 47kW*
1 4.7kW
1 2.2kW
1 470W
1 75W
1 10W
1 50kW horizontal trimpot (VR1)
4 10kW horizontal trimpot (VR2-VR5)
(* – for testing/setup only)
4 1kW
1 10W 1W
For external sensor mounting, add 2m 4-core cable
For remote reset switch and LED add 1m 4-core
cable plus 1 momentary push button switch with
LED indicator
plus considerably more resistors, capacitors, diodes and
transistors. The extra features such at the momentary or
on/off action of the relay, the alarm memory function and
the test option would all have added more complexity to
the circuit.
Fortunately the microcontroller has allowed us to incorporate the complexity without adding to the circuit.
Also the microcontroller can use an internal oscillator,
further reducing the parts count when the extra accuracy
of a crystal is not required.
Output RB5 is used to control the purge/measurement
cycle for the sensor. It does this by going low (to 0V),
switching on transistor Q1 due to the base current now
flowing through the 1kW resistor. The transistor allows the
full 5V to be applied to the heater inside the CO sensor.
66 Silicon Chip
This purge cycle lasts 60 seconds. After RB5 goes high (to
+5V), so Q1 switches off.
The heater is now driven from 5V via a series resistance
of 85W. In conjunction with the 33W resistance of the CO
sensor’s heating element, this sets the heater current to the
recommended 42.4mA, with 1.4V across the sensor.
The sensor’s measurement terminal A connects to the 5V
supply, while the B terminal connects to ground via a 50kW
trimpot and 4.7kW resistor. This resistance forms a voltage
divider with the sensor terminal resistance and a voltage
appears at terminal B that is proportional to the measured
CO concentration. The 1kW resistor and 100nF capacitor
filter any noise which may develop on this high impedance
circuit, particularly if the sensor is mounted remotely.
The alarm, warning and hysteresis settings are provided by trimpots VR2-VR5 respectively. These are each
connected across the 5V supply so each can be adjusted
from 0-5V. Typically, the settings trimpots would be set
to around 1.5V and 3V respectively, while the hysteresis
settings would be no more then 0.5V. Test points provide
measurement connection points for a digital multimeter.
The warning/alarm LED is driven via the 470W resistor
and microcontroller output RB3. This LED flashes at a
nominally 1-second rate during the warning phase. The
LED stays lit during the alarm condition.
RA6 drives the relay via Q2. When RA6 is at 5V, transistor Q2 switches on and powers the relay, which closes
the common and normally-open contacts. LED2 lights to
show whenever the relay is on. Diode D2 quenches the
reverse voltage spike when the relay switches off after
RA6 goes low.
The reset switch ties input RB7 to ground when pressed.
It is normally held high via an internal pull-up resistor
when the switch is left open. LK1 and LK2 tie the RB1
and RB0 inputs low when these links are installed. If a
link is left out, its associationed input is pulled high via
an internal pull-up resistor.
Power is 12V, supplied from the car battery – normally
via a cigarette lighter plug. Diode D1 protects against reverse
polarity connection and zener diode ZD1 limits transient
voltages to 16V. The 10W series resistor prevents excessive
current flow during the clamping action. REG1 provides a
regulated 5V output for the circuit. The 100mF and 10mF
capacitors decouple the supply.
As mentioned, the CO Alert can be built either as simply
a monitor that gives visual indication of the warning and
alarm CO concentration levels. This version has the unit
built into a box with the sensor, reset switch and indicating
LEDs mounted in the box. Alternatively, it can be built
to actively control the cabin air vents in a car where such
control is possible.
In this case, the sensor is mounted external to the car’s
cabin and the warning/alarm indicating LED and reset
switch are mounted on the car’s dashboard. The LED and
switch can be separate items or you can use a combined
reset switch and LED assembly for a neater job. The unit
would be most easily powered by connecting to an ignitionswitched terminal in the fusebox.
Construction
Begin construction by checking the PC board. If you are
installing it in a box, the corners will need to be shaped
so it will clear the internal pillars in the box.
siliconchip.com.au
Install the resistors, making sure the correct value is placed in the shown position.
You can use the accompanying resistor
colour code table to check values or use a
multimeter to measure the value.
When installing the regulator and IC
socket, make sure they are oriented correctly. You will note that we haven’t yet
placed the microcontroller IC in its socket.
Similarly, the electrolytic capacitors must
be oriented with the polarity as shown on
the overlay diagram.
One trimpot, VR1, is a different value to
the rest – check that it is correctly placed.
Use PC stakes for the test points and for the
sensor connection points.
These stakes support the sensor above
the PC board when used in the box and for
connecting the wires in the remotely located
sensor version. When installing Q1 and Q2,
make sure that the correct type is placed in
each position.
The LED (LED1) can mount directly on
the PC board (actually 23mm above the PC
board) when used in the box. If used on
the dashboard, either separately or within
an indicator switch, use PC stakes to make
wiring easier.
Position and solder the terminals and
Here’s one mounting option for the CO sensor – inside a case with the
relay. LK1 and LK2 are made from 2-way warning LEDs clearly visible through the lid. Alternatively, you could
header strip and jumper shunts. Attach the mount the PC board under the dash with the alarm outputs switching the
heatsink to the regulator using a screw and air intake.
nut. The heatsink is oriented with the fins
as shown.
be on and indicated by LED2.
When mounting in the box, drill holes in the box lid for
Wind VR1 back so TP1 reads 2.8V and the alarm LED
the sensor, the reset switch and two LEDs. Also drill holes
will go from always lit to flashing and the relay will
in the side of the box suitable for the wiring entry to the
switch off.
screw connectors.
Retest the operation in momentary mode with the
Before moving on to the testing stage, give your finished
jumper plug inserted at LK1. The relay should switch
project a thorough check for soldering, component placeon for a second or as the alarm goes on and also as the
ment and where appropriate, component polarity.
alarm goes off.
You can also test the hysteresis operation by setting voltTesting.
age at TP3 and TP5 to a small voltage using trimpots VR5
Initially, solder a 47kW resistor across the A and B sensor
and VR3 respectively. If you set the hysteresis too large,
PC stakes. Apply power and check for 5V between pins 5
& 14 on the IC socket. If this is OK, disconnect power and
Fig.5: here’s
how to wire
insert IC1. Set VR1, VR3 and VR5 fully anti-clockwise; VR2
the relay to
to about three quarters of its travel (in a clockwise direcNC
the vehicle’s
tion) and VR4 at mid setting. Jumper plug LK2 is inserted
COM
air
intake
for the test mode and the LK1 is left open.
NO
switch, with
Check voltages at the test points by connecting your
both NO and
multimeter common lead to TP GND and the positive
NC types
NORMALLY OPEN EXTERNAL/RECIRCULATION SWITCH
lead to each of the other test points in turn. There should
(CLOSE TO RECIRCULATE)
covered.
be about 3V at TP2, 2.5V at TP4, 0V at TP3 and TP5 and
0.5V at TP1. Check the trimpots settings if the values are
not similar to these.
Rotate VR1 until the voltage at TP1 is higher than the
NC
2.5V set at TP4. LED 1 should now flash after a second or
COM
so. Wind VR1 back so that TP1 reads 2V and the LED will
NO
stop flashing. Note that there may be a one or two second
delay in the switching.
NORMALLY CLOSED EXTERNAL/RECIRCULATION SWITCH
Rotate VR1 until the voltage at TP1 is higher than the 3V
(OPEN TO RECIRCULATE)
set at TP2. Now LED1 should stay lit and the relay should
siliconchip.com.au
August 2005 67
NC
CARBON MONOXIDE ALARM
NO C
chamber is usually a good position
for the sensor, as this is the “gathering point” for the air which enters
+12V
the vehicle.
You will require four wires to
make the A and B connections and
NO
GND
the two heater connections on the
C
sensor. Insulate the terminals with
heatshrink tubing to prevent any of
NC
the wires shorting to the chassis.
The PC board can either be placed
TP GND
in
a box or attached under the
RESET
dashboard as a free PC board and
protected against shorting to the
05108051
chassis by wrapping it up in some
bubble wrap or heatshrink tubing.
Fig.6: same-size PC board pattern, as seen from the copper side, for etching your
However, you will initially need
own or checking commercial boards.
access to adjust the trimpots.
The diagrams show how to wire
the alarm or warning may never switch off. This will be
up to the air vent switch. For the push-on push-off switch,
the case if the hysteresis is set to a larger value than the
you need to find out whether the switch is open or closed
warning or alarm trip points of VR4 and VR2. Typically,
when the air vent is set for external air (some vents close
hysteresis needs only be 0.5V or less.
to act as a bypass to external air, others open to allow exYou can test the alarm memory by switching off power
ternal air in). You can do this by setting external air and
when the alarm is on. When the power is reapplied, the
then switching off the ignition. Check for a closed or open
relay should switch on for a second. If you do not want this
switch using your multimeter set to Ohms. A low reading
feature, then switch off power and press and hold down
of less than one ohm will indicate that the switch is closed.
the reset switch. Now turn on power while still pressing
If the switch is open for external air, then connect the
the reset switch. Release the switch after a second and
common and normally open relay contacts across this
the feature should be disabled. Check this by switching
switch. The switch is kept in the open position. If the
off power when the alarm is on. The relay should not
switch is closed for external air, then the common and
operate when power is reapplied. Note that pressing the
normally-closed relay terminals connect across the switch
reset switch during power up as before can reactivate the
and the switch is pressed so that it is in its normally open
memory feature.
position for recirculate.
Remove the 47kW resistor across the CO sensor stakes and
For the momentary switch operation, external and rein their place, connect the CO sensor itself. Now connect
circulation air control is invariably made with a normally
your multimeter (set to measure low DC volts) between TP
open switch. The common and normally open relay conGND and the top heater terminal. Check that this voltage
tacts should be connected across the switch.
goes from 5V to 1.4V to 5V etc every second or so. The test
Calibration
link (LK2) can now be removed.
The manufacturer recommends that the sensor be purged
There is no easy way to calibrate the sensor to specific
for 48 hours. This is required to ensure accuracy of readings.
CO concentrations. In general, you can set trimpot VR1
However, for our purposes, the CO Alert should be able to
to mid setting and set VR4 to 1V and VR2 to 2V. Set the
be used immediately, noting that readings may change after
hysteresis trimpots (VR3 and VR5) to 0.25V each. Check
several hours use, once the sensor has purged of impurities
that the warning LED flashes when cruising in relatively
introduced during manufacture or during storage.
busy traffic and that the alarm LED stays lit in heavy stopstart traffic.
Installation
You can increase sensitivity to CO emissions by turnAs mentioned before, if the CO Alert is used to coning VR1 higher (ie, more clockwise). If the sensing is too
trol the air vents, the unit needs to be installed with the
sensitive, set the warning and alarm trimpots (VR4 and
sensor mounted externally to the cabin. The plenum
VR2) more clockwise.
SC
Resistor Colour Codes
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
No.
1
1
1
4
1
1
1+1
68 Silicon Chip
Value
47kW
4.7kW
2.2kW
1kW
470W
75W
10W
4-band code (1%)
yellow violet orange brown
yellow violet red brown
red red red brown
brown black red gold
yellow violet brown brown
violet green black brown
brown black black brown
5-band code (1%)
yellow violet black red brown
yellow violet black brown brown
red red black brown brown
brown black black brown brown
yellow violet black black brown
violet green black gold brown
brown black black gold brown
siliconchip.com.au
Custom-made Lithium Ion, NiCd
and NiMH battery packs
Smart Chargers
www.batterybook.com
(08) 9240 5000
High-capacity 280mAh
rechargeable 9V
2400mAh NiMH AA cells
siliconchip.com.au
High-quality single cell chargers
with independent channels. Charge
any combination of NiCd & NiMH
AA and AAA cells
High-capacity 9Ah
rechargeable D
August 2005 69
CIRCUIT NOTEBOOK
Interesting circuit ideas which we have checked but not built and tested. Contributions from
readers are welcome and will be paid for at standard rates.
Vertical sync for the
Component Video to
RGB Converter
Some video projectors with RGB
component video inputs have separate inputs for vertical and horizontal sync, so these signals need to
be separated before feeding them
into the projector. This means that
in order to drive these projectors
from the Component Video to RGB
Converter (SILICON CHIP, May 2004),
a small amount of circuitry must be
added to the converter to provide a
separated vertical sync output.
Note that the existing composite
sync output can be used to drive
the horizontal sync input of the
projector.
The additional circuitry is very
straightforward, as you can see from
the circuit diagram. It consists of
an LM358 dual op amp, plus a 75W
resistor and two 100nF monolithic
ceramic capacitors. These can all be
mounted on a small piece of Veroboard or similar and wired directly
to an RCA socket (CON9) mounted
on the converter’s back-panel. The
extra socket can be positioned between the existing composite sync
and red video output sockets.
As shown, only one half of the
LED noughts
& crosses
Here’s a twist to the age-old game
of noughts and crosses. Instead of
pen and paper, it uses nine 10mm
tri-colour LEDs arranged in a 3 x 3
grid. One player has nine red buttons while the other player has nine
green, set out in identical grids.
The aim, of course, is to make
three LEDs in a row glow the same
colour – red or green! Pushing a red
button causes the LED in the equivalent position on the grid to glow
70 Silicon Chip
Right: the vertical sync
signal is derived from pin
3 of IC5 via buffer stage
IC6a. The output is wired
to an extra RCA socket
mounted on the rear panel.
LM358 is used. It is connected as
a unity gain buffer with its noninverting input connected to pin 3
of the LM1881 sync separator (IC5)
on the converter board.
This pin provides the vertical
sync output signal. The only other
connections between the additional
circuitry and the converter board
are for the ±5V supply and earth
rails.
SILICON CHIP.
red in colour. Likewise, pushing a
green button lights the equivalent
green LED.
If a player pushes a button for
a LED that is already glowing red
or green, then that LED changes to
yellow, exposing the false move! All
the LEDs are then turned off, ready
for the next game, by pressing the
“Clear” button.
For simplicity, the circuit shows
only one tri-colour LED and a pair
of opposing buttons. This circuit
fragment must be repeated another
eight times to create a complete 3 x
3 grid. A brief press on a button fires
the associated SCR and turns on the
LED. The common (cathode) lead of
all LEDs is connected to the 0V rail
via the normally-closed contacts of
the “Clear” pushbutton (S3).
The SCRs are available from RS
Components (stock no. 183-7695),
on the web at www.rsaustralia.com
or phone 1300 656 636. PC-mount
tactile switches from Jaycar (Cat.
SP-0720 & SP-0724) were used on
the prototype.
A. J. Lowe,
Bardon, Qld. ($35)
siliconchip.com.au
Audio level
threshold control
This circuit was originally designed for use in detecting discharges from individual neurons,
where the infrequent discharges
are difficult to separate from dominant background noise. It may also
prove useful in other applications
that need to detect infrequent lowlevel audio signals against a noisy
background.
The audio input signal is buffered
by op amp IC1 before being applied
to the opposing inputs of compara-
tors IC4 & IC5. Positive and negative
offset voltages are generated by VR1
and IC2 and fed to the other two
inputs of the comparators.
Essentially, the comparators act
to produce a negative voltage at
their commoned outputs (C) whenever the audio signal exceeds either
the positive or negative offset voltage. The signal at “C” is inverted by
transistor Q1 to produce “D”. These
two signals are used to control a pair
of CMOS switches (S1 & S2), which
either pass the audio signal to the
output or short it to ground.
The signal from the CMOS
switches is buffered by IC3, which
in conjunction with the 10kW resistor and 10nF capacitor filters out the
switching artefacts.
In practice, the offset voltage is
adjusted until there is little or no
breakthrough of the noise background at the output. Thereafter,
only audio signals exceeding the
threshold are passed. Inevitably,
this produces some crossover distortion but this is of little consequence compared with the benefit
of the quiet background.
Graham Jackman,
via email. ($40)
The circuit at left (duplicated nine times) uses a
couple of SCRs to drive each tricolour LED. These
LEDs & the pushbutton switches are mounted on the
front panel as shown in the diagram above.
siliconchip.com.au
August 2005 71
Circuit Notebook – Continued
Cheap pump
controller
This simple but effective circuit
can be used to control water level in
a container. The prototype is used
to pump water out of a bucket
that collects condensation from
a home air-conditioning system.
The design is based around
a 555 timer (IC1). Although the
timer in configured as a monostable, it lacks the usual timing
capacitor from pin 6 to ground.
Instead, a metal probe inserted
in the water provides a current
path to a second, grounded
probe.
When the water level in
the container reaches a third
(“high”) probe, the trigger input
(pin 3) is pulled low, switching
the 555 output high and energising the relay via transistor Q1.
Once the water level drops below
the “low” probe, the threshold input
(pin 6) swings high, switching the
output (pin 3) low and the relay
and pump off.
The two 100kW pull-up resistors
can be replaced with larger values
if more sensitivity is required (eg,
if the 555 doesn’t trigger). A switch
(S1) can be included to bypass
the relay for manual emptying.
The “low” probe should be positioned so that the pump doesn’t
run dry. The high level probe
is placed at the level that you
want the pump to start. Since
the water is held at ground potential, you must use stainless
steel or copper wire to slow
corrosion.
With water fountain pumps
available for less than $10, this
circuit offers a cheap alternative for those who have an
air-conditioner on an internal
wall and don’t want to be continually emptying the bucket on
humid days.
Adrian Hudson,
Calamvale, Qld. ($35)
The Latest From SILICON CHIP
Completely NEW projects – the result of two years research
& development
•
•
•
•
160 PAGES
23 CHAPTE
RS
From the publishers of
Learn how engine management systems work
Build projects to control nitrous, fuel injection and turbo boost systems
Switch devices on and off on the basis of signal frequency, temperature and voltage
Build test instruments to check fuel injector duty cycle, fuel mixture and brake and
coolant temperatures
Mail order prices: Aust. $A22.50 (incl. GST & P&P); Overseas $A26.00 via airmail.
Order by phoning (02) 9979 5644 & quoting your credit card number; or fax the details
to (02) 9979 6503; or mail your order with cheque or credit card details to Silicon
Chip Publications, PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW 2097.
72 Silicon Chip
Intelligent
turbo timer
I SBN 095852294 - 4
9 780958 522946
$19.80 (inc GST) NZ $22.00 (inc GST)
TURBO BOOST
& nitrous fuel controllers
How engine
management works
siliconchip.com.au
DC-DC converter
powers USB
Older laptop computers without
built-in USB ports can be retrofitted
with card-based (PCMCIA) USB
ports, where needed. These cards
generally require a separate 5V
supply for the USB and this can
be conveniently supplied using
four “AA” NiCd or NiMH cells.
The nominal 4.8V output is a little
shy of the specified 5V but in most
cases, this should not be a problem.
However, the use of rechargeables
does mean having to carry an extra
charger in your kit.
To allow the use of alkaline cells
and therefore eliminate the need for
the charger, the “3V to 9V DC-DC
Converter” project (SILICON CHIP,
March 2004) can be pressed into
service. With a little trimming, the
converter PC board will fit neatly
into the space of two “AA” cells in
a 4-cell battery holder.
The accompanying diagram gives
the trimming details for each end of
the board, as well as the modified
component overlay. The modifications involve deleting two diodes
(D1 & D2), the 270W resistor (R4)
and a 100mF capacitor, and relocating three capacitors.
The 100nF output filter capacitor
must be moved down below the
trim line, and the 220mF and 470mF
capacitors removed and replaced
with smaller 10V units. Use lowESR capacitors for the replacements
(eg, Jaycar RE-6300 & RE-6302) and
mount them horizontally rather
than vertically. Note
that several new holes
will need to be drilled,
including two for the
5V output leads.
The battery holder
is modified by removing the cell separator furthest from
the switch and the
unneeded battery
contacts. The single
battery contact with
the red wire is then
relocated to provide
the positive contact
for the batteries.
A couple of plastic
nuts can be glued
siliconchip.com.au
Barry H
is this m ubble
o
winner nth’s
o
Peak At f the
las LCR
Meter
This diagram shows how to
modify the existing DC-DC
Converter board, so that it will
fit in the battery holder.
underneath the board to act as
stand-offs. The board can be held
in place with a small piece of foam
sandwiched between the board and
the lid. Alternatively, use a couple
of blobs of hot-melt glue.
The major parts required are the
DC-DC Converter kit (stocked by
most kit suppliers), a switched battery holder (Jaycar PH-9282) and a
DC plug for the USB card.
The above idea would also prove
useful in PICAXE and similar lowpower microcontroller applications
where a portable, regulated +5V
supply is needed.
Barry Hubble,
Moulden, NT.
CONTRIBUTE
AND WIN!
As you can see, we pay good
money for each of the “Circuit Notebook” contributions
published in SILICON CHIP.
But now there’s an even better
reason to send in your circuit
idea: each month, the best contribution published will win a
superb Peak Atlas LCR Meter
valued at $195.00.
So don’t keep that brilliant
circuit secret any more: send it
to SILICON CHIP and you could
be a winner!
Silicon Chip
Binders
REAL
VALUE
AT
$12.95
PLUS P
&
P
H SILICON CHIP logo printed in
gold-coloured lettering on spine
& cover
H Buy five and get them postage
free!
Price: $A12.95 plus $A7.00 p&p per
oder. Available only in Australia.
Just fill in the handy order form
in this issue; or fax (02) 9979
6503; or ring (02) 9979 5644 &
quote your credit card number.
August 2005 73
SERIAL LCD DRIVER
for PCs, PICs, PICAXEs, Stamps . . .
We detest the oft-used buzz words “human interface” but that is just
what this project is: an interface between a 2400 baud serial line
(inverted or non-inverted) from a PC, PICAXE or other processor and
common character-type LCD displays which use the HD44780 interface.
Design by Graeme Matthewson . . . Article by Ross Tester
W
hile there is nothing particularly new or innovative
about this design, it has two
huge advantages over anything similar
that is currently available: (a) it is very
simple; and (b) it is very cheap.
In fact, it is much cheaper than anything that does the same or similar job
and provides a very low cost way to
turn serial data into words.
You can use a variety of LCD displays, with provision on the PC board
for the most common types.
Features include variable backlight
intensity (software controlled), two
auxiliary digital outputs and a “beep”
output to drive a piezo speaker.
The photo above shows the interface
74 Silicon Chip
(highlighted, centre) driving a typical
LCD display (in this case a DL-6 from
Oatley Electronics) from a lashed-together battery voltage monitor driven
by a PICAXE 08M.
It’s nothing special but gives just
one of many practical uses for this
project.
TTL interface
The serial interface is at TTL levels
– that is, the idle state, is at TTL logic
one, or near +5VDC.
Therefore you can interface directly
with any project offering TTL level
outputs.
You can also interface with PICAXE
projects, using the “SEROUT” com-
mand with the T2400 (ie, 2400 baud)
specifier.
Backlight control
The backlight current is controlled
by an on-board transistor. You have
the choice of two resistors to set the
maximum current – 4.7W for 5V operation or 39W for 12V.
Display contrast is set by two fixed
value resistors, 4.7kW and 330W,
which provide a nominal 0.3V DC for
contrast. However, you may wish to
change these values to achieve different contrast levels.
The serial LCD interface has a 64-byte
receive buffer and the ability to interface with a variety of LCD geometries,
siliconchip.com.au
EEPROM storage of the LCD geometry
setup, eight user-defined characters,
tab size and cursor style plus a rich
plain language instruction set.
A supply of 5V DC with a minimum
10mA is required for this circuit. If the
backlight is used, the supply current
needs to be increased accordingly.
The Oatley Electronics kit includes
a PC board, a programmed PIC16F628
or similar PIC IC, onboard components
and input/output connectors. Note
that the kit does not include an LCD
because of the wide variety available
and the individual uses to which this
project will be put.
Oatley themselves have a variety
of LCDs available – more information
is available from their website (www.
oatleye.com).
Finally, a warning: the PIC processor
is code-protected and the source code
is not provided. Any attempt to read
the chip’s code will erase the program
in the chip and render it unusable!
Assembly
The project is very simple to construct with just one IC, a crystal, two
transistors and a sprinkling of other
small components.
+5V
REGULATED
We’ve published this picture
significantly larger-than-life to show
how the board can be snapped off
between the two sockets, if required.
Start with those small components
– resistors, a capacitor, diode and the
transistors. The only components
where you need to worry about polarity are the diode and transistors.
+5V
100nF
14
Vdd
4.7k
4
RESET
2
MCLR
RB6
12
4
4.7k
Vdd
RS
LCD MODULE
8
TEST
10
AUX OUT 4
11
AUX OUT 5
SPEAKER
330Ω
6
RB7
RA3
RB4
IC1
SERIAL
DATA IN
4.7k
B
K
D1
1N4148
RA1
RA0
RB0
RB3
R/W
5
2
R1
4.7Ω
1
BACKLIGHT
SUPPLY
18
Q2
C8050
17
330Ω
9
B
C
OSC2
Rx
E
OSC1
Vss
5
15
16
RES1
4MHz
R1 = 4.7 Ω FOR 5V.
39 Ω FOR 12V
C8050
1N4148
2005
330Ω
KBL ABL
16
15
A
SC
3
E
7
C
RA2
RB5 LCD108
CONTRAST
EN
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 GND
1
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
4.7k
Q1
C8050
6
13
RB2
+5V
INVERTED
SERIAL
DATA IN
Note that all resistors and the diode are mounted vertically on the PC
board, as shown in both the diagram
and photos. Mount the components
right down on the PC board to mini-
SERIAL LCD DRIVER
A
B
K
C
E
The IC does all the translation from serial data to display it on a variety of LCD readouts. Both inverted and noninverted data can be inputted, making it a very versatile device indeed!
siliconchip.com.au
August 2005 75
.
1
4.7k
4.7k
330Ω
4.7k
4.7Ω
RES1
D1 4.7k
100nF
IC1 LCD108
Q2
C8050
330Ω
1
.
330Ω
SNAP OFF HERE IF NOT USED
2
1
16
15
16
Q1
C8050
.
.
mise the chances of shorting to the
back of the LCD board (assuming that’s
where it will be mounted). In fact, it
would be a good idea to place a sheet
of insulating material between the serial interface PC board and your LCD
to avoid mishaps.
There are two wire links on the PC
board, both clearly marked on the
screen-printed overlay. You should be
able to make both of these from cut-off
resistor leads
Now you can solder in the IC socket
– its notch is oriented the same way
as the symbol on the PC board – but
don’t insert the IC yet. Leave that
until last.
Solder in the input socket – be very
careful as the spacing doesn’t leave
much scope for poor soldering.
The input socket is a right-angle
mounting type, meaning the input
lead will depart from the board in the
same plane.
Similarly, solder in the LCD connector sockets – both are included
in the kit (to suit 14 or 16-pin LCDs)
and even if you never use one, having
BACKLIGHT
SUPPLY IN
REGULATED +5V IN
RESET
SPEAKER
INV SERIAL DATA IN
GROUND
SERIAL DATA IN
AUX OUTPUT 4
AUX OUTPUT 5
TEST
Here’s the component
overlay with a samesize photo alongside
for comparison.
As you can see,
provision is made to
snap the board off
at the long socket if
you don’t plan on
using the double-row
socket.
both on the board makes the project
that much more versatile for those
who might want to swap LCD types
at a later stage.
However, if you will definitely only
use the 16-pin (in-line) socket and
would like to make the board a tad
smaller, you can ignore the 14-pin
(dual row) socket and snap the board
off where marked, adjacent to the inline socket.
Note that no provision for mounting
holes is made on the PC board – it is
envisaged that the board would be
more-or-less used “in line”, or mounted on the back of the 40 x 2 display,
as shown overleaf.
If you need mounting holes and do
not need the 14-pin socket, we suggest
you drill a couple of holes in the corner
of the PC board above and below where
that socket would go, taking care to
remove any copper around the edges
of the holes.
This is easily done by hand-twisting
a (say) 5mm drill bit in the hole on the
copper side of the board. Its edges act
like a blade, removing any copper from
around the hole sides.
PC board connections
“B”
Backlight power supply connection. Can be linked to the +5V
connection or powered from an
external supply (eg, 9V or 12V
DC etc). The kit is supplied with
a 4.7W resistor for 5V use. For
12Vdc use a 39W.
“+5” The 5V DC input. This needs
to be a clean regulated supply
at around 10mA; more if you
power the backlight from the 5V
DC (the current required will
depend on your backlight).
“R”
The RESET connection. It has
a 4.7kW pullup resistor to 5V.
When the input is pulled to
GND momentarily it will reset
the chip and display.
Parts List – Serial LCD Driver
1 PC board, code K221, 45 x
40mm
1 10-way IDC connector,
right-angle PC-mount
1 16-way (or 4 x 4-way) PC-mount
header socket strip
1 16-way (2 x 8-way) PC-mount
female socket strip
1 18-pin DIL IC socket
1 LCD module to suit (see text)
Semiconductors
1 pre-programmed PIC microcontroller (labelled LCD108) (IC1)
2 C8050 general purpose NPN
transistors (Q1,Q2)
1 1N4148 diode (D1)
1 4MHz ceramic resonator
Here are just two of the range of liquid crystal displays (LCDs) which can be used
with this driver. Both are from Oatley Electronics – at top is the 16 x 2 DL6 which
sells for $12.00, while the lower one is a DL13, a 40 x 2 display which sells for
$25.00.
76 Silicon Chip
Capacitors
1 100nF MKT polyester
Resistors (0.25W 1%)
4 4.7kW 3 330W 1 4.7W
siliconchip.com.au
Connecting an Oatley DL6 display
1
Some LCDs use pins 15 and 16 to connect to their backlights. The PC board provides these connections.
Other LCDs use two connections at one end of the display
and will need to be connected to the PC board with some
additional wire. The wiring shown in (a) is the minimum
required to operate the Oatley Electronics DL6 display. The
backlight of the DL6 is directly connected to +5V and GND
and is on permanently.
The DL6 also has some additional features; eg, a pushbutton microswitch, a bicolour LED and a piezo speaker.
The extra connections shown in (b) as dark wires allow the
use of the additional features of the DL6 display. With this
configuration, the display will momentarily go into test mode
when the switch is pressed. If digital output #4 is addressed,
the LED will glow red. If digital output #5 is addressed, the
LED will glow green. The piezo speaker will also beep when
addressed. For details on addressing inputs and outputs,
see the programming section of these notes.
“SP” The speaker output. The chip
outputs a short burst (“BEEP”)
which can be connected to a
peizo speaker
“D”
An input designed to take inverted serial data from an RS232
port (eg, a PC etc).
“–”
The GND or 0V connection.
“D”
An input designed to take noninverted, logic-level serial data
from a micro such as a PICAXE,
PIC or BASIC STAMP etc.
“#4” and “#5” Digital outputs which
can be used to switch other
devices or an indicator LED, etc.
“T”
The TEST input. Holding this
to GND while rebooting the
processor will show the test
siliconchip.com.au
(a)
1
1
(b)
display on your LCD. No pullup
resistor is required.
Configuration commands.
Warning: Do not include configuration commands in software loops.
Although the EEPROM can be written many hundreds of thousands of
times, in a software loop the life of
the EEPROM could be used up very
quickly. It is best to not use configuration commands in your final software.
Note: Commands are case sensitive.
A number of parameters are stored
in the processor, including the geometry of the LCD, the type of cursor, the
number of spaces in a tab and the eight
user-defined characters.
The settings of all of these are displayed briefly on the LCD when the
processor boots.
The default is a 20 x 4 LCD, a tab
size of 4, a full blinking cursor (3) and
1
the eight special user-defined characters. All of these parameters may be
modified.
Note that when the modifications are
made, the new values are written to the
processor’s EEPROM. Thus, the userdefined characters and the geometry of
the LCD need only be modified once.
Set LCD geometry
Setting the geometry (size) defines
the configuration of the interfacing
LCD.
?Gyxx “?G216” will set the LCD to
2X16 configuration. Valid entries –
some include ?G216 (2X16),?G220
(2X20),?G224 (2X24),?G240 (2X40),
?G416 (4X16) and ?G420 (4X20).
The configuration is important for
the processor to properly position
the cursor after each text character is
(Continued on P80)
August 2005 77
78 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
‘ Be sure Tx Pin is idle for some time
‘ wait for PICAXE LCD to boot
‘ configure LCD as 4 X 20
‘ clear the LCD and home the cursor
SerOut 0, T2400, (“?G420”)
SerOut 0, T2400, (“?f”)
‘ Variables used in PWMDemo
‘These variables are used in Sub SerOutByteHex
‘These variables are used in Sub BarDemo
High 0
Pause 5000
Symbol Duty = B9
Symbol NN = B8
Symbol LeftOver = B9
Symbol Num_5 = B10
Symbol J = B11
Symbol X = B8
Symbol N = B2
Symbol OWord = W0
Symbol OByte = B3
‘
‘ Configures the interfacing LCD for 4X20 geometry.
‘ This need only be done one time as this is saved in the K221 EEPROM
‘
‘ Clears the LCD using the “?f” command.
‘ Writes some text. Note the new line function “?n”
‘ Displays the user defined characters using commands ?0, ?1, etc
‘ Moves cursor to line 1, col 00 using commands “?y1” and “?x00”
‘ Clears lines 1, 2 and 3 using “?l” command.
‘ Note “?j” is used for down cursor.
‘
‘ Positions cursor at line 1 and displays the values of N and Word in
‘ decimal and in Hexadecimal.
‘
‘ Defines new user defined characters consisting of no vertical lines,
‘ 1 vertical line, etc through 5 vertical lines.
‘
‘ A bar scaled to 0 through 25 is displayed on line 3.
‘ This might be used to graphically display a quantity.
‘
‘ The PWM duty cycle is then set to 25 steps over the range of
‘ 00 to 250 using the ?B command.
‘ The duty cycle is also displayed on the LCD.
‘
‘ The program then continually sets the two general purpose outs to
‘ 10 and 01 using the ?H and ?L commands.
‘
‘ Written by.... Peter H Anderson, Baltimore, MD, Feb, ‘04
LeftOver = LeftOver + 48
SerOut 0, T2400, (“?”, LeftOver)
For N = 0 to 25
SerOut 0, T2400, (“?y3?x00?l”)
NN = 4 * N
NN = 100 - NN
Num_5 = NN / 5
LeftOver = NN % 5
For J = 1 to Num_5
SerOut 0, T2400, (“?5”)
Next
For N = 0 to 25
SerOut 0, T2400, (“?y3?x00”)
NN = 4 * N
Num_5 = NN / 5
LeftOver = NN % 5
For J = 1 to Num_5
SerOut 0, T2400, (“?5”)
Next
LeftOver = LeftOver + 48
SerOut 0, T2400, (“?”, LeftOver)
Next
BarDemo:
AGAIN:
SerOut 0, T2400, (“?H5?L4”)
SerOut 0, T2400, (“.”)
Pause 500
SerOut 0, T2400, (“?L5?H4”)
SerOut 0, T2400, (“!”)
Pause 500
GoTo AGAIN
Pause 200
GoSub PWMDemo
Pause 200
‘ convert to a character
‘ decreasing bar
‘ convert to a character
‘ increasing bar
‘ continually bring outputs 5 & 4 hi and lo
‘ cursor to beginning of line 3 and clear line
SerOut 0, T2400, (“?y3?x00?l”)
GoSub BarDemo
‘no cursor
SerOut 0, T2400, (“?c0”)
Pause 200
SER_LCD.Bas – Illustrates many capabilities of the Serial LCD Interface (written for the PICAXE 18X)
siliconchip.com.au
August 2005 79
PICAXE LCD?n”)
‘ position cursor at beginning of row 1
‘ clear lines 1, 2 and 3 and start at line 1
‘ note the use of down cursor command
SerOut 0, T2400, (“?y1?x00”)
SerOut 0, T2400, (“?l?j?l?j?l?y1”)
OWord = 12345
‘ display a word in decimal
‘ and in hex
SerOut 0, T2400, (#OWord, “?t”)
GoSub SerOutWordHex
SerOut 0, T2400, (“?n”)
‘ define special characters
‘ delay to allow EEPROM to program
SerOut 0, T2400, (“?D00000000000000000”)
Pause 200
SerOut 0, T2400, (“?D51f1f1f1f1f1f1f1f”)
SerOut 0, T2400, (“?D41e1e1e1e1e1e1e1e”)
Pause 200
SerOut 0, T2400, (“?D31c1c1c1c1c1c1c1c”)
Pause 200
SerOut 0, T2400, (“?D21818181818181818”)
Pause 200
SerOut 0, T2400, (“?D11010101010101010”)
Pause 200
‘ beep
SerOut 0, T2400, (“?g”)
Pause 1000
Next
OWord = OWord + 1
‘ display in hex
‘ display in decimal
OByte = N
GoSub SerOutByteHex
SerOut 0, T2400, (“?t”)
SerOut 0, T2400, (#N)
SerOut 0, T2400, (“?t”)
‘ locate cursor to beginning of line 1
‘ pause to admire
Pause 2000
For N = 0 to 25
SerOut 0, T2400, (“?x00?y1”)
‘ display special characters
‘ note new line
SerOut 0, T2400, (“?0?1?2?3?4?5?6?7?n”)
SerOut 0, T2400, (“www.phanderson.com?n”)
Pause 100
SerOut 0, T2400, ( “
Return
OByte = OWord / 256
GoSub SerOutByteHex
OByte = OWord % 256
GoSub SerOutByteHex
SerOutWordHex:
Return
SerOutByteHex_2:
SerOut 0, T2400, (X)
If X <= 57 Then SerOutByteHex_2
X=X+7
X = Obyte % 16
X = X + 48
SerOutByteHex_1:
SerOut 0, T2400, (X)
If X <= 57 Then SerOutByteHex_1
X=X+7
SerOutByteHex:
X = OByte / 16
X = X + 48
Return
SerOut 0, T2400, (“?f”)
SerOut 0, T2400, (“?B00”)
SerOut 0, T2400, (“?B”)
GoSub SeroutByteHex
Pause 200
Next
‘ it is alphabetic; A, B, C, D, E, F
‘ low nibble
‘ add the character ‘0’
‘ it is alphabetic; A, B, C, D, E, F
‘ high nibble
‘ add the character ‘0’
‘ clear the LCD
‘ set PWM to 0
‘ backlight control
PWMDemo:
SerOut 0, T2400, (“?f”)
‘ clear the LCD
SerOut 0, T2400, (“ PWM Duty Demo?n”)
For N = 0 to 25
Duty = 10 * N
SerOut 0, T2400, (“?l”)
OByte = Duty
GoSub SerOutByteHex
‘ display the PWM in hex
Return
Next
Connecting an Oatley DL13 display
11
The biggest advantage of this display (apart from the extra characters,
of course) is that it can plug directly onto the driver board via the outer
(double row) socket.
Therefore it doesn’t need any cabling
– all you have to do is make sure you
get it the right way around. The photo
at right shows the correct position.
Some LCDs have a dual row of seven
or eight pins at one end while others
have a single row of 14 or 16 pins
along one edge.
The driver described here will plug
Single row type connection
directly on to either
type of display, as
shown below.
11
1
Single row type connection
Dual row type connection
displayed and in executing such commands as backspace, up cursor, down
cursor, new line, etc.
Cursor style settings
The style of the cursor may be set
using the ?c command.
“?c3” where the number is in the
range of 0-3.
Valid entries; 0, 2, 3.
0 configures as no cursor.
2 configures the cursor as nonblinking.
3 configures the cursor as blinking.
As with the set geometry and set
tab, the style of the cursor is saved to
the EEPROM.
Setting tabs
The tab size may be adjusted;
“?sx” – Valid entries; 1 - 8. “?s5” will
set the tab size to 5 characters wide.
When this command is received
by the processor, the new tab size is
written to EEPROM and this value is
used thereafter when executing the ?t
command.
With the ?t command, the cursor is
advanced, and characters in its path
are overwritten with a space.
?h – Backspace
?i – Forward cursor
?j – Up cursor
?k – Down cursor
?l – Clear current line and leave cursor
at the beginning of the line
Backlight intensity
?m – Position the cursor at the beginThe intensity of a LED backlight on Dualning
current line.
row of
typethe
connection
the associated LCD may be adjusted;
?n – Advance to the beginning of the
“?B80” Valid entries; 00 - ff
next line and clear current line.
Note that the digits following the ?t – Advance the cursor one tab.
“B” are 2-digit hexadecimal (00= off, ?? – Display the character ‘?’.
ff= full on).
The cursor may be set to any poThe output is used to switch the sition using the x and y commands
duty cycle of a transistor which con- below;
trols the average backlight current.
?y0
?x15
LCD commands.
Note that the line number follows
A partial list of various commands the ‘y’ command and the column numfollows. Note that all commands are ber, consisting of two digits, follows
prefaced with a “?” and the commands the ‘x’ command.
are case sensitive.
Thus, outputting the string
?a – Set cursor to home position.
“?y1?x10Hello?n” positions the cursor
?b – Destructive backspace (removes at column 10 of line 1 and then prints
character)
“Hello”, followed by a new line which
?f – Clear LCD and leave cursor in the also clears the next line.
home position
Note that the line and column
?g – Beep, outputs a 50ms burst of numbers begins with 0. Thus, for a 4
around 500Hz on the “B” connection x 20 LCD, valid lines are 0 - 3 & valid
on the driver board.
columns are 00 - 19.
For example, if the cursor is in column 3 and the tab size is 5, the cursor
will advance to column 5.
Anything in columns 3 and 4 will
be replaced with spaces.
1
Resistor Colour Codes
1
1
1
No.
1
1
1
Value
4.7kW
330W
4.7W
80 Silicon Chip
4-Band Code (1%)
yellow violet red brown
orange orange brown brown
yellow violet gold brown
5-Band Code (1%)
yellow violet black brown brown
orange orange black black brown
yellow violet black silver brown
User-defined characters
User-defined characters may be entered using the ?D command:
“?D300000000001f1f1f”
The first number after the ‘D’ is the
location where your user-defined character is stored in the EEPROM, In this
siliconchip.com.au
case user-defined character 3.
This is then followed by the eight
data bytes expressed in two-digit hexadecimal. Note that the hexadecimal
letters must be lower case.
In this example, lines 0, 1, 2, 3 and
4 consist of no pixels and lines 5, 6
and 7 consist of all five pixels.
Thus, when user-defined character 3
is displayed using the command ?3, a
character consisting of the lower three
lines will be displayed.
D3
00
00
00
00
1f
1f
1f
location
OOOOO
OOOOO
OOOOO
OOOOO
######
######
######
Any of eight user defined characters may be displayed using the
digits 0 - 7.
Thus, “?5?2” causes user-defined
character 5 followed by user character
2 to be displayed on the LCD.
Each user-defined character is saved
in EEPROM.
This kit provides a 64-byte serial
receive buffer. However, be careful. If
you are defining all eight user defined
characters, this involves sending 19 *
8 or 152 characters.
Writing each of the eight bytes to
EEPROM requires 15ms or more and
thus, one can easily over run the buffer.
Rather, provide a 1-second delay after
defining each character.
Direct control of the LCD.
Commands may be directly passed
to the LCD using the ?! command;
“?!01” sends the 01command directly to the LCD which clears the
LCD.
Caution
With all other commands the pro-
gram keeps track of the current cursor
position. This is not done with commands sent directly to the LCD using
the ?! command.
Thus, if the user configures the
LCD such that the cursor is located at
some point, subsequent line feeds and
similar will not work correctly as the
program does not know the current
cursor location.
Clearly, if the ?! command is used
to place the LCD in a mode such
that the cursor is decremented with
each character or the display itself is
scrolled, the subsequent operation of
the LCD which assumes an incrementing cursor and a fixed display will give
unpredictable results.
GP auxillary outputs
The K221 kit provides two general
purpose TTL outputs. Either of these
outputs, 4 and 5, may be brought
high or low using the ‘H’ and ‘L’
commands.
“?H4?L5” brings output 4 high and
output 5 low. Valid entries, 4 or 5.
On power up, all outputs are at a
high impedance (configured as inputs). As each output is addressed,
it is taken out of the high impedance
state.
The initial high impedance state
permits the user to use either pull-up or
pull-down resistors to avoid “bounce”
when the processor is powered.
The current (source or sink) by any
output should be limited to a maximum of 15mA.
One important point: normally,
when idle the serial terminal is at a
logic one. When a character is sent,
the lead is brought low for 1/2400 secs
(start bit) followed by the data bits.
However, when the PICAXE is
booted, the output is initially at a high
impedance and is then brought to an
output logic zero.
Thus, prior to executing the first
SerOut instruction, it is important to
bring the output to a logic one and
pause briefly.
SC
Where from, how much?
This project was designed by Oatley Electronics who hold the copyright
on the circuit and PC board design.
A complete kit of parts, (Cat K221) which includes the PC board and all
on-board components (but NOT an LCD) is available from Oatley for $20.00.
As a special offer to SILICON CHIP readers, Oatley will include a DL6 backlit LCD
(16x2), normally selling for $12.00, for $10.00 extra.
Contact Oatley Electronics on (02) 9584 3563 or via their website:
www.oatleye.com
siliconchip.com.au
Select your microcontroller
kit and get started...
From
$295*
RCM3400
Fax a copy of
this ad and
receive a
5% discount
on your order!
Feature rich, compiler,
editor & debugger with
royalty free TCP/IP stack
• Prices exclude GST and delivery charges.
Tel: + 61 2 9906 6988
Fax: + 61 2 9906 7145
www.dominion.net.au
4007
Ozitronics
www.ozitronics.com
Tel: (03) 9434 3806 Fax: (03) 9011 6220
Email: sales2005<at>ozitronics.com
Rolling Code 2-channel UHF Remote
Momentary or latching relays
with indicator LEDs. Range up
to 25m. Up to 15 Tx's can be
learnt by one Rx. 12VDC.
K157 - $71.50
Also available assembled K157A...... $88.00
4-Channel version (kit) K180 ...............$82.50
10-Channel version (kit) K181 .............$99.00
2-button remote for K157 .................$23.10
4-button remote for K180/1 ..............$25.85
Prices include GST – shipping extra.
Full documentation available from website.
Silicon Chip
Binders
REAL
VALUE
AT
$12.95
PLUS P
&
P
H SILICON CHIP logo printed in
gold-coloured lettering on spine
& cover
H Buy five and get them postage
free!
Price: $A12.95 plus $A7.00 p&p per
oder. Available only in Australia.
Just fill in the handy order form
in this issue; or fax (02) 9979
6503; or ring (02) 9979 5644 &
quote your credit card number.
August 2005 81
Enhanced
Sports
Scoreboard
Here’s an upgraded version of the Professional
Sports Scoreboard described earlier this year.
In particular, it now provides a 2-digit “Fouls”
display for each team, as well as the original
displays for the Home and Away scores, Time
Remaining and Current Period.
82 Silicon Chip
By JIM ROWE
I
F YOU READ the articles in our
March-May 2005 issues on the Jaycar Sports Scoreboard project, you’ll
know that even before we finished
describing it, we were prompted to add
netball scoring to its original basketball code capabilities. That was done
simply by upgrading the controller
firmware, so it would set the board up
siliconchip.com.au
siliconchip.com.au
August 2005 83
Fig.1: this is the revised scoreboard controller circuit. The main change involves the added 16-way ribbon cable connector (CON4) for the Fouls
displays. This connects to four previously spare outputs on digit decoders IC2 and IC3, to provide the drive signals for the four extra digits.
Fig.2: the Scoreboard Display 2 (Home/Away Fouls) board is driven via CON4 on the controller board and uses 56
10mm yellow LEDs to form two complete 7-segment digits.
for netball in response to an extra setup
code from the console (ie, no changes
were required to the hardware of either
the scoreboard or the console).
Subsequently, as soon as the third
article had been published, we started
to get requests for even more features.
84 Silicon Chip
The most common of these requests
was for the addition of basketball
“Fouls” displays – one for each of the
two teams (and preferably each display
having two digits for a count of 0-99).
In the end, it became clear that we were
going to have to upgrade the design to
add this feature at the very least.
While we were at it, we decided to
make a few other changes as well. In
particular, the display brightness has
been improved, while the firmware has
been upgraded to provide improved
timing accuracy. The wireless Consiliconchip.com.au
trol Console is virtually unchanged,
though – only the front panel art has
been changed, to re-label keys that
have changed in function.
This means that if you have an
existing control console, it can be
used as is.
Adding the fouls displays
Unfortunately, the two extra fouls
displays couldn’t be added to the
original design by simply making a
few changes to the firmware. There
were some unused outputs available
from the digit decoder ICs but no spare
conductors in the original ribbon cable
linking the display boards to the controller board, to drive any additional
displays.
The only real option was to modify
the controller board and add a connector for a second ribbon cable, to drive
the two additional display boards. It
was quite a challenge to fit this extra
cable connector (a 16-way DIL socket)
plus its segment drive resistors and
other circuitry but, in the end, this was
done without changing the overall size
of the board.
Of course, it was also necessary
to come up with an additional display board design, for the new Fouls
displays. This was adapted from the
original team score board design, with
the same system of allowing it to be
made in two versions (Home Fouls and
Away Fouls) simply by fitting the digit
drive input resistors in two different
positions.
The new Fouls display boards provide two 130mm-high digits (like the
other displays), each formed using 28
10mm-diameter yellow LEDs. This
was done so that they could be added
to the original Scoreboard with as little complication as possible. The new
displays mount behind additional cutouts at the lower corners of the board,
below the team score displays.
Note that this can be done even
with existing boards, as the “end of
period” siren is moved over to a position midway between the Game Period
and Away Fouls displays.
While the controller board was
being modified to drive the additional display boards, we also took
the opportunity to make a few other
modifications which enhance performance. For example, the power supply
circuitry has been changed so that the
Scoreboard can now be powered from
a regulated 15V plugpack, for even
siliconchip.com.au
Par t s Lis t – Sports Scoreboard
Additional Cables & Sockets
3 16-way IDC line sockets (Jaycar PS-0985)
1 900mm length of 16-way IDC
ribbon cable
Revised Controller Board
1 PC board, code BSBCONTE,
127 x 190mm
1 2.4GHz AV Receiver module,
AWM608RX (Jaycar QC3592)
1 31mm length of 1mm-dia brass
wire
1 TO-220 heatsink, 6021 type
1 4-way DIP switch (S1)
1 10MHz crystal (X1)
1 PC-mount 26-way DIL socket
(CON1)
1 PC-mount 16-way DIL socket
(CON4)
1 PC-mount 2.5mm concentric
DC socket (CON2)
1 2-way PC-mount terminal
block (CON3)
1 18-pin DIL IC socket, machine
pins
13 M3 x 6mm machine screws,
round head
4 M3 x 25mm tapped metal
spacers
4 M3 x 15mm machine screws,
csk head
9 M3 nuts and star lockwashers
1 15V DC 1.5A regulated plugpack supply (Jaycar MP-3423)
1 length of 0.5mm tinned copper
wire for links
Semiconductors
1 PIC16F84A-20P microcontroller programmed with SCORDISP2.HEX (IC1)
2 4028B CMOS decoders (IC2,
IC3)
1 74HC08 quad NAND gate (IC4)
1 74HC74 dual D-type flipflop
(IC5)
4 PN100 NPN transistors (Q1,Q9,
Q10,Q12)
higher display brightness. In addition,
the board earthing has been modified
to reduce the risk of interference to
the PIC controller (IC1) and the digit
decoders (IC2, IC3), due to the high
current pulses through display segment driver transistors Q2-Q8.
8 MTP3055 power MOSFETs
(Q2-Q8,Q13)
1 PN200 PNP transistor (Q11)
1 7805 +5V regulator (REG1)
1 5mm red LED (LED1)
6 1N4004 1A diodes (D1-D6)
4 1N4148 signal diodes (D7-D10)
Capacitors
1 2200mF 16V RB electrolytic
1 100mF 16V RB electrolytic
2 10mF 16V tantalum
3 4.7mF 16V tantalum
5 100nF multilayer monolithic
1 100nF MKT metallised polyester
2 33pF NPO disc ceramic
Resistors (0.25W 1%)
1 100kW
1 4.7kW
2 47kW
1 470W
1 22kW
8 47W
6 10kW
14 10W
Fouls Display Board (x 2)
1 PC board, code BSB-D2, 180
x 190mm
1 PC-mount 16-way DIL socket
(CON1)
8 6mm x M3 machine screw,
round head
6 25mm x M3 tapped metal
spacer
6 15mm x M3 machine screw,
csk head
2 M3 nuts and star lockwashers
1 length of 0.5mm tinned copper
wire for links
Semiconductors
2 PN100 NPN transistors (Q1,Q2)
2 BD136 PNP transistors (Q3,Q4)
56 yellow 10mm LEDs, high
brightness or standard
Capacitors
1 1000mF 16V RB electrolytic
Resistors (0.25W 1%)
4 4.7kW
2 120W
Naturally, the scoreboard controller
firmware also had to be extensively
revised in order to drive the additional
Fouls displays and to allow them to
be updated (incremented or decremented) from the Control Console.
Finally, we also took the opportunity
August 2005 85
Console. This was achieved by simply
re-allocating the original “+3” and
“+2” score buttons for each team, so
that they now perform the “Fouls +1”
and “Fouls -1” functions. In practice,
they still send the original control
codes to the scoreboard controller but
the latter now interprets them to carry
out the new functions. As a result, the
only modification that has been made
to the Control Console is a change in
the front panel artwork, to show the
new button functions.
This change in the console button
functions does mean that in order to
add two or three points to the score
of either team, you now have to press
their ‘Score +1’ button two or three
times in succession rather than simply
pressing the original ‘+2’ or ‘+3’ buttons once. However we believe users
won’t mind having to make a few more
button presses, in order to have the
added Fouls facility with a minimum
of cost and complexity.
Circuit details
Fig.3: this is the parts layout for the revised controller board. Make sure that all
polarised parts go in the right way around.
to improve the controller’s timing accuracy by making the timing function
independent of the number of console
commands that have to be processed.
This now gives the scoreboard a timing
accuracy of better than 0.04% and also
provides a spin off benefit: there is now
virtually no display blinking when the
86 Silicon Chip
controller is processing commands
from the console.
Control console
As mentioned above, all these enhancements have been made without
making any changes to the circuitry
or firmware in the wireless Control
Fig.1 shows the revised scoreboard
controller circuit. As shown, the additional 16-way ribbon cable connector
for the Fouls displays is CON4 and
this is located just to the right of the
original 26-way display connector
(CON1). It connects to four previously
spare outputs on digit decoders IC2
and IC3, to provide the drive signals
for the four extra digits. These are
digits D13 and D14 on the Home Fouls
board and D15 and D16 on the Away
Fouls board.
The new display boards also need
the 7-segment drive lines and these
are derived from segment driver transistors Q2-Q8 via a second set of 10W
current limiting resistors. The only
other connections needed are for 14.4V
power and ground. These both use
multiple ribbon conductors to improve
current carrying capacity and to also
provide a measure of shielding.
The only other change to the controller circuit is the addition of three
1A power diodes (D4-D6) in series
with the input to +5V regulator REG1.
These drop a further 2V or so, allowing the controller to be powered from
a 15V DC regulated plugpack (for
improved display brightness), while
preventing REG1 from overheating due
to excessive voltage drop.
Fig.2 shows the circuit for the new
Fouls display board. It’s basically just
a simplified version of the original
siliconchip.com.au
Team Score board circuit. However,
in this case, there are only two digit
drivers, using transistor pairs Q1-Q3
and Q2-Q4 respectively.
When the board is used as the Home
Fouls display, the two 4.7kW driver
input resistors are connected to pins
9 and 7 of the 16-way DIL connector
CON1, so that the digits become D13
and D14. Conversely, when the board
is used as the Away Fouls display, the
resistors are connected to pins 3 and 1
of the connector instead, so the digits
become D15 and D16.
As mentioned earlier, the digits
themselves are formed using 28 x
10mm-diameter yellow LEDs, with
four LEDs per display segment.
Construction details
Fig.3 shows the parts layout for
the new controller board. All of the
original components are used and
most are located in either exactly the
same position or moved just a short
distance to make space for the added
components.
This board is wired in exactly the
same way as the original, apart from
having an additional 16-way DIL connector, a few more wire links and some
extra resistors and diodes to fit.
Fig.4 shows how to wire up the two
new Fouls display boards. This mainly
involves fitting 56 large yellow LEDs
to each board. Note that these all fit
with their longer anode lead towards
the top of the board, so the job is easily
done once you get into the swing of it.
That done, you can fit the six wire
links, connector (CON1), the four
transistors and the resistors and capacitors. Note that the locations of the
two 4.7kW resistors adjacent to CON1
vary, depending on whether you’re
building the Home Fouls display or
the Away Fouls display.
Finally, follow Fig.5 to connect
Your completed controller board should look like this. It’s now powered from a
15V DC plugpack, for even greater brightness from the LED displays.
the two Fouls display boards to the
controller board. This is done using a
900mm-long 16-way ribbon cable fitted with three IDC line sockets.
as the original version. For example,
the Scoreboard should have power
applied first and then power applied to the console after about 10-20
seconds.
This is necessary because when the
console is powered up, it sends a code
to set up the Scoreboard for the game
Revised operation
In most respects, the upgraded
Scoreboard operates the same way
Table 1: Resistor Colour Codes
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
siliconchip.com.au
No.
1
2
1
6
5
1
2
8
14
Value
100kW
47kW
22kW
10kW
4.7kW
470W
120W
47W
10W
4-Band Code (1%)
brown black yellow brown
yellow violet orange brown
red red orange brown
brown black orange brown
yellow violet red brown
yellow violet brown brown
brown red brown brown
yellow violet black brown
brown black black brown
5-Band Code (1%)
brown black black orange brown
yellow violet black red brown
red red black red brown
brown black black red brown
yellow violet black brown brown
yellow violet black black brown
brown red black black brown
yellow violet black gold brown
brown black black gold brown
August 2005 87
Table 1: here’s how to set the console
DIP switches for the various games.
Fig.4: here’s how to build the Fouls display board. Note that two slightly
different versions must be built – one with the two 4.7kW resistors at top left
in the “Home Fouls” position and one with the resistors in the “Away Fouls”
position. Note: PC overlay shown 64% of actual size.
88 Silicon Chip
you want to play (as set by the console’s internal DIP switches). The short
delay is needed to make sure that the
Scoreboard controller and its 2.4GHz
receiver are fully operational before
the console sends the game code.
The accompanying table (Table 1)
shows how to set the console DIP
switches for the various games.
To reset the Scoreboard ready for a
new game, you press the two red Reset
buttons on the console simultaneously
and then press them both again. This
“press them both together twice”
procedure is designed to prevent you
from accidentally resetting the board
in the middle of a game.
To start a new game period, you
press the green “Start Next Game
Period” button. This starts the countdown clock and as the time passes,
the time remaining in that period is
continuously displayed at the top
of the scoreboard. The Game Period
display shows the current period: “1”,
“2”, “3” and so on.
If you subsequently press the “Start
Next Game Period” button after the last
normal period has ended, the Game
Period display will show “E” (for extra
time) and the clock will count down
from 5:00 minutes (the standard extra
time period duration).
During any game period, if a “time
out” is called, you can stop the Scoreboard’s clock by pressing the white
“Stop Clock” button. Then, when play
resumes, you press the Blue “Restart
Clock” button to set it going again.
During play, you can increment
the score of either team by pressing
the relevant grey “Score +1” button.
To increase the score by two or three,
you simply press that button two or
three times (not too rapidly, or the
extra points won’t be registered). If a
mistake is made and the score needs
to be reduced, you just press the black
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.5: the fouls display
boards are connected
to the controller board
using a 16-way ribbon
cable fitted with three
IDC line sockets. Be
sure to position the red
cable edge stripe as
shown.
“Score -1” button for that team.
Fouls are registered in exactly in
the same way, except that you use the
yellow “Fouls +1” or white “Fouls -1”
buttons.
Note that while the team scores are
maintained through all of the game
periods, the fouls are cleared at the
start of each new game period. The
only exception to this is at the start
of an “Extra Time” period, where the
fouls registered for the last normal
game period are maintained.
As before the Scoreboard’s countdown clock displays minutes and
seconds during most of each game
period but automatically switches
over to seconds and tenths of a second during the final minute of play.
Finally, at the end of this period, the
siren sounds for two seconds to signal
SC
the end of play.
siliconchip.com.au
The Control Console has a new
front panel label to re-assign some
of the switch functions. Apart from
that, it’s unchanged.
August 2005 89
Salvage It!
BY JULIAN EDGAR
Washing machine pressure switches
Want to control the water level in a tank,
or detect a vehicle passing over a smalldiameter hose? You can do both these jobs
and much more, using pressure switches
salvaged from old washing machines.
A
LL OLDER WASHING machines
and dishwashers use mechanical pressure switches to detect the
water level inside the tub. A hose is
connected from the base of the tub to
the pressure switch, which measures
the air pressure being applied by the
column of water.
The pressure at the base of a column
of water 27.69 inches high is 1psi, or
to put it another way, 10.2cm of water
exerts a pressure of 1kPa (kilopascals).
So, as you can imagine, a switch
that’s designed to detect when the
water level in a washing machine has
reached (say) a depth of 15 inches must
be capable of accurately measuring
pressures of just 0.5 psi (~3.5 kPa)!
In other words, the pressure switches in washing machines are amongst
the most sensitive that you can buy.
Well, you don’t really have to buy them
– these switches can be scrounged for
literally nothing wherever washing
machines are being discarded.
Washing machine pressure switches
have three main characteristics:
(1) Very high sensitivity;
(2) A “snap” action, to ensure sharp,
decisive switching – they’re either on
or off; and
(3) Excellent power handling.
How they work
Typically, washing machine pressure switches have a large sensing
diaphragm that’s about 60mm or so
in diameter and three quick-connect
male terminals. One connection is
common, while the others are for
normally open (NO) and normally
closed (NC) connections. A setpoint
adjustment mechanism is built in (it’s
directly controlled by the “water level”
knob) and the switch opens and closes
with audible clicks.
(Note that if the washing machine
has digital controls, rather than a mechanical switch, it almost certainly
uses an electronic variable pressure
sensor to detect the water level. These
three-wire sensors are easy to interface
with but we’ll leave them for another
time).
Washing machine pressure switches
directly control the hot and cold water
inlet solenoids and so are rated for
quite high currents – 15A at 240V AC
is typical. So for low-voltage DC applications, the switches can certainly
cope with (say) 5A. This means that,
for most loads, a relay won’t be needed.
Dishwashers use pressure switches
that are similar to those used in washing machines. However, instead of
having one switching point, they have
multiple levels. A 2-position switch
may switch at 10cm and 15cm of water, for example, while a 3-position
switch may trip at 15cm, 25cm and
35cm of water.
These switches also look a lot like
washing machine pressure switches,
except they have multiple electrical terminals (six or even nine) and
don’t have external level adjustment.
However, some have screwdriver adjustment for both the trip levels and
the hysteresis.
Salvaging pressure switches
Washing machine and dishwasher pressure switches can be easily scrounged
for nothing – you’ll find a pressure switch inside nearly every one of these
appliances when they’re discarded. They are extremely sensitive and their trip
points are externally adjustable.
90 Silicon Chip
When extracting the pressure switch
from a washing machine, be careful that you don’t also inadvertently
remove the adjustment mechanism
siliconchip.com.au
Silicon Chip
Binders
REAL
VALUE
AT
$14.95
PLUS P
&
P
This Goyen Controls Model SRM40 washing machine pressure switch is typical
and has single-pole normally open (NO) and normally closed (NC) contacts.
When set to minimum pressure, it closes at about 13cm of water and opens at
4cm of water. Conversely, when set to maximum pressure, it closes at about
20cm of water and opens at 14cm of water. Its current rating is 15A at 240V AC.
– it’s often part of the bracket holding
the switch in place! As for identifying
the pressure switch, that’s easy. Nine
times out of 10, it’s directly behind the
“water level” adjustment knob in the
top control panel of the machine.
If the machine’s upside down or
partly destroyed, follow the sensing
tube from the base of the wash tub.
And while you’re at it, it’s also usually
worth scrounging the tube, which is
often a high-quality plastic hose! You
never know when it might come in
handy for something!
By contrast, dishwasher pressure
switches are normally buried beneath
the stainless steel drum. Because
they’re not externally adjustable, they
don’t need to be located close to the
control panel.
Modifying pressure switches
Depending on your application, you
might want your salvaged pressure
switch to operate at pressures that are
different to its standard range. That’s
not hard to do if you have a washing
machine pressure switch, as they are
quite easy to modify.
In standard form, turning the ad-
Rat It Before You Chuck It!
Whenever you throw away an old TV (or
VCR or washing machine or dishwasher
or printer) do you always think that surely
there must be some good salvageable
components inside? Well, this column is
for you! (And it’s also for people without a
lot of dough.) Each month we’ll use bits
and pieces sourced from discards, sometimes in mini-projects and other times as
an ideas smorgasbord.
And you can contribute as well. If you
have a use for specific parts which can
siliconchip.com.au
easily be salvaged from goods commonly
being thrown away, we’d love to hear from
you. Perhaps you use the pressure switch
from a washing machine to control a pump.
Or maybe you have a use for the highquality bearings from VCR heads. Or
perhaps you’ve found how the guts of a
cassette player can be easily turned into
a metal detector. (Well, we made the last
one up but you get the idea . . .)
If you have some practical ideas, write
in and tell us!
These binders will protect your
copies of S ILICON CHIP. They
feature heavy-board covers & are
made from a dis
tinctive 2-tone
green vinyl. They hold 12 issues &
will look great on your bookshelf.
H 80mm internal width
H SILICON CHIP logo printed in
gold-coloured lettering on spine
& cover
H Buy five and get them postage
free!
Price: $A14.95 plus $A10.00 p&p
per order. Available only in Aust.
Silicon Chip Publications
PO Box 139
Collaroy Beach 2097
Or call (02) 9939 3295; or fax (02)
9939 2648 & quote your credit
card number.
Use this handy form
Enclosed is my cheque/money order for
$________ or please debit my
Visa Mastercard
Card No:
_________________________________
Card Expiry Date ____/____
Signature ________________________
Name ____________________________
Address__________________________
__________________ P/code_______
August 2005 91
Dishwasher switches
have multiple contacts
that switch at different
pressure levels. This
Eaton 78376-002
Dishwasher Level
Switch has three
single-pole, normally
closed (NC) contacts.
Level 1 closes at 18cm
and opens at 8cm of
water; level 2 closes
at 20cm and opens at
18cm of water; and
level 3 closes at 34.5cm
and opens at 30.5cm of
water. Its total current
rating is 18A at 250V
AC.
justment control typically allows the
trip pressure to be set to detect water
depths anywhere from 9-20cm. But if
you remove the adjustment bracket,
you can access the internal spring
which sets the sensitivity.
For example, by using a very light
spring (ie, one that provides just
enough force to return the diaphragm
to its un-triggered position when the
pressure is removed), it’s possible to
get a switch to trigger at just 5cm of water (~0.5kPa or 0.08psi). The external
adjustment would then typically give
a range of about 5-7.5cm of water but,
of course, this will vary depending on
the unit and the spring used.
Put in a stiffer spring and the adjustment range becomes larger. And while
we haven’t tried it, you could probably
stop the switch from closing until you
had 15-20kPa of pressure. Note, however, that the rubber diaphragm isn’t
designed to withstand these pressure
levels, so there may be some long-term
reliability problems.
Using pressure switches
So what uses can be made of these
switches? That depends on your
Brand New From
SILICON CHIP
imagination but here are some suggestions:
(1). Controlling an electric water
pump – eg, to keep a container full of
water. Just as in a washing machine,
the depth of the water can be sensed
from a hose connected to the base of
the container. The advantage over a
float switch is that the level is easily
adjustable.
(2). Providing a low water level warning – eg, the switch could be used to
activate a buzzer or light if the liquid
level in a tank drops below an adjustable point.
(3). Providing water level indication
– eg, by using a dishwasher pressure
switch to activate LEDs or lights to
indicate water level in a tank. By
using two dishwasher switches and
adjusting their individual setpoints
appropriately, it’s easy to have six
levels indicated. However, you’ll need
a lot of wires to connect the switches
to your display.
(4). Detecting vehicle movement
using a washing machine pressure
switch. The switch would be triggered by air pressure when the vehicle
crosses a hose. Just remember to plug
the end of the hose that’s not connected
to the switch!
So there are four applications but
there are lots more. It’s certainly
worth salvaging these very sensitive
SC
switches!
160 PAGES
23 CHAPTE
RS
Mail order prices:
Aust: $A22.50 (incl. GST & P&P)
Overseas: $A26.00 via airmail
From the publishers of
Completely NEW projects – the result of two years
research & development
• Learn how engine management systems work
• Build projects to control nitrous, fuel injection and turbo boost
systems
• Switch devices on and off on the basis of signal frequency,
temperature and voltage
• Build test instruments to check fuel injector duty cycle, fuel mixture and brake and coolant temperatures
We explain the why as well as the how to!
Intelligent
turbo timer
I SBN 095852294 - 4
9 780958 522946
$19.80 (inc GST) NZ $22.00 (inc GST)
TURBO BOOST
& nitrous fuel controllers
How engine
management works
Available direct from Silicon Chip Publications, PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW 2097. Phone (02) 9979 5644; Fax (02) 9979
6503. Email silchip<at>siliconchip.com.au or visit our website: www.siliconchip.com.au
92 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
***NEW KITS***
NEW AND IMPROVED CNC (COMPUTER NUMERIC CONTROL) KITS
We have re-vamped our CNC kits, K142B and K142C kits and added a new K142A kit. You can build
your own CNC machine or retro-fit an existing lathe or mill. Check out our website for more details and
pictures of a CNC machine built by one of our staff from surplus parts. The K142A simply plugs in to
your PC or a cable to your PC, Stepper motor drives K142B and limit switches etc. can be connected
to the clearly marked screw terminals. K142A also has two auxillary relays that can be turned on and
off via your software to start spindle motors or dust extractors etc. K142B has a new higher speed Step
and Direction input. K142C now has adjustable current limiting via a single potentiometer. All of the
LM3 BRIGHT 5mW 635nm VISIBLE LASER PCBs have been designed to stack on top of each other to make the system much more compact.
DIODE MODULE: This module emits an
K142C This kit inc. PCB,
K142A
orange/red beam which is more visible and
heatsink with fan& all onKit includes.
board parts.
brighter than some 650-670nm modules. $11
PCB,
DB25
K1b2K
K142C
K142B
K142B
LM4 780nm / 5mW LASER DIODE MODULE $15
PC plug, & all
Kit includes
on-board
5mW, adjustable focus. Danger IR, hardley
PCB, & all
parts as
visible. Ideal for medical applications.
o n b o a r d
shown
LM5 635nm / 10mW LASER DIODE MODULE
parts.
$4010mW, adjustable focus.
NEW
LASER
MODULES
$27
$25
$29
LM6 650nm / 10mW LASER DIODE MODULE
$16 10mW, adjustable focus.
The above lasers consist of a laser diode, diode
housing, APC (automatic power control circuit)
driver, and collimation lens all factory assembled
in one small module. 4.5V to operate & draws
approx. 50mA & are around 13mm long.
K224 3 CHANNEL TO 7 CHANEL INFRA-RED REMOTE CONTROL KIT
Up to three kits can be used together to make a 21 Ch. system to operate from
one remote control. The basic kit includes the PCB & all onboard components to
build a 3 Ch. IR remote control including relays and screw terminals. The
additional components required to expand to 7 Ch. are available in the K224E kit.
If not used the remaining 4Ch. section of the PCB can be snapped off to reduce
the overall size of the kit.
3 channel kit $25 (K224R)
LS1 (NEW) 40mW+ GREEN LASER
HEADS: With a 90-240VAC / 50-60Hz power 4 channel expansion kit $11(K224E)
supply, laser 34 x 34 x 80mm; 240vAC power Remote control (pre-built)$6 (K224T)
Complete package 7 channel
supply 95 x 52mm. $270
kit with remote control $39 (K224P)
LS2 (NEW) 40mW+635nm RED LASER HEADS
Supplied with a small 100-240VAC / 50-60Hz. 9Ch UHF REMOTE CONTROL RECEIVER KIT.
Output 5VDC / 500mA, 21mm x 56mm $200
This Kit uses our K226T kit to control 9 relays
LS3 (NEW)BLUE laser diode 20mW: $1300
that can be set in any combination to momentary or latching at the flick of a switch. It can be
USB WEB/PC CAMERA
used to switch just about anything on or off,
This great little colour camera will stand
lights, motors etc. The pre-built UHF module
on it's own base or clip on to your
used in this kit has security encoding and
laptop screen. Features include
requires no tuning or alignment. Kit inc.
white LEDs that turn on autoall onboard components, PCB and prematically when dark, built in
built UHF module. $55 K226R
base and clip, swivel head
and USB cable. Software
drivers are available
for download from our
9Ch UHF REMOTE CONTROL TRANSMITTER KIT.
website. USBC1 $35
The pre-built UHF module used in this kit requires no tuning or
alignment. This kit includes PCB, all onboard components,
24 SECOND VOICE ? SOUND
pre-built UHF module, 9V batter clip, suitable case and
RECORDER MODULE
membrain type keypad/label. Requires a 9V PP3 battery (not
This small pre-built module will
supplied). K226T $27... This kit can also be used with our TX7
record up to 24 seconds of sound
at the push of a button, then play
it back at the push of a second
button. Requires 6VDC to
operate. Measures 34mm X
22mm Comes with a
29mm speaker VRM1$10
CAM9 (NEW) MINI CMOS
COLOUR CAMERA W/
AUDIO: Horizontal
resolution: 380 lines, 1/3"
CMOS Image Sensor,
Minimum illumination: 3
Lux. Standard PAL Video
Output. RCA Connections.
Built-in microphone.
Includes swivel mount. No Infrared LED's.
Operates from 7 to 12V DC and draws 30mA.
Dimensions 25 x 35 x 14mm. CAM9 $39
OUR 250W WIND GENERATOR IS
NOW ON SALE FOR ONLY $449
These are serious 3ph 250W wind generators with
blades spanning 2.2M. 12V or 24V. Included is a three
phase rectifier unit with voltage and amperage metering
and a regulator kit K220. 1 X 45kg box (720 x 440 x
230mm), & 1 X 27.5kg box (1540 x 220 x 110mm). For
more information and instructions see our web site.
HIGH POWER SHUNT REGULATOR KIT:
Ideal for use with wind generators & solar systems.
This kit prevents overcharging of 12V or 24V batteries
& can even assist with hot water heating. Based on a
voltage regulator IC (L4949) The kit uses the voltagesensing comparator section of the IC as its main
switching device with hysteresis. Suitable for 250W+
operation. Kit inc. PCB & all on-board components.
4-CHANNEL UHF RECEIVER KIT WITH
See Silicon Chip Magazine June 2005. (K220) $26
LIMIT/RESET INPUTS: This kit is an updated &
cheaper version of the original K180 kit. It is still a 4channel UHF remote control with individual limit / reset
This kit provides an interface
input for each channel but without the "code hopping".
between a 2400 baud serial line and
Uses a pre-built and pre-aligned 433MHz UHF
common character type LCDs that
receiver module (RX7) (sold separately $11).
use a HD44780 interface. It can use
Combined with our Series V Transmitter (TX7), this kit
inverted or non-inverted data from a
can control 4 output relays in either momentary or
PC, PICAXE, or other processor.
latching operation.
Features include software
Features include high
controlled variable backlight
s e c u r i t y, r a n g e o f
intensity, two auxiliary digital outputs & a "beep" output to ~100m, on-board high
drive a peizo speaker. The layout of this kit allows easy current relays with
connection to 14 and 16 pin single row & double row type LCD indicator LEDs, and
connections. The serial inter-face is TTL. That is, the ideal screw terminals for easy
state is a TTL logic one, or near +5 VDC. More details on web connection. Receiver kit
site. The kit includes a PCB, programmed PIC16F628 or includes PCB and all onsimilar PIC IC and onboard components. $20... $30 when board components.
purchased with a DL6 LCD.
(K180B) $33
NEW KIT...K221 SERIAL LCD
INTERFACE
www.oatleyelectronics.com Suppliers of kits and surplus electronics to hobbyists, experimenters, industry & professionals.
Orders: Ph ( 02 ) 9584 3563, Fax 9584 3561, sales<at>oatleyelectronics.com, PO Box 89 Oatley NSW 2223
OR www.oatleye.com
major credit cards accepted, Post & Pack typically $7 Prices subject to change without notice ACN 068 740 081 ABN18068 740 081
SC_AUG_05
Vintage Radio
By RODNEY CHAMPNESS, VK3UG
The impressive AWA Radiola
B32 transistor portable
Australian manufacturers produced several
high-performance transistor radio receivers
during the 1960s – an era that was to herald the
end of local domestic radio manufacturing. One
such set was the AWA Radiola B32 transistor
portable.
Tennant Creek and Katherine. They
transmit at night on 2310kHz, 2325kHz
and 2485kHz and during the day on
4835kHz, 4910kHz and 5025kHz. The
daytime transmissions are not usually
heard in populous areas but some of
the night-time transmissions can be
heard quite clearly in these areas.
Although broadcast-band sets
dominated, some of the transistor
receivers produced by Australian
manufacturers during the 1960s were
multiband sets, which meant that
the ABC’s shortwave inland services
could be heard almost anywhere in
Australia. Of course, those original
One interesting high-performance
receiver from the era is the AWA
Radiola B32 transistor portable.
Produced around 1965, it has a large
195 x 12mm loopstick antenna, followed by a sensitive low-noise radio
frequency (RF) stage which feeds an
autodyne converter. A 2-stage 455kHz
intermediate frequency (IF) amplifier
then feeds a diode detector and three
stages of audio amplification. The
transformer-coupled output stage is
wired in push-pull configuration and
drives an oval loudspeaker measuring
150 x 100mm.
The case is quite substantial for a
transistor receiver and measures 320
x 200 (not including the handle) x
110mm (including the knobs). The
main part of the case is made of
leather, while the front of the set is
metal and this is attached to a plastic
inner frame.
As can be seen in the photographs,
there is quite a bit of room in the back
of the set (to the left). This is used
for the extra features included in the
4-band version of this set, the B33.
Overall, the cabinet is of somewhat
higher quality than some of the downmarket AWA transistor receivers.
Due to its size, the set is quite heavy,
weighing in at 3.3kg without the battery and around 4kg with the battery
in place. It uses the now unobtainable
2761 battery but two D-cell battery
inland services, located at Lyndhurst
(Melbourne) and also near other capital cities, have long since closed down.
In fact, the old Lyndhurst site is now a
housing estate!
However, there are now three stations that have taken over this role and
they are located near Alice Springs,
The AWA B32 transistor portable was a relatively large unit with a leather case
and a metal front panel. This view shows the set after restoration.
94 Silicon Chip
The B32 receiver
siliconchip.com.au
This is the view inside the back of the set, with the modified battery packs in the
foreground. The modified battery packs are necessary because the original 2761
type battery is no longer available.
holders – one for four cells and the
other for two cells – will fit into the
space that the 2761 occupied.
In my case, I removed the battery
plug and wired the battery leads to
the two holders in series to obtain the
required 9V. This arrangement works
well and is the only “non-standard”
work I needed to do in order to get the
set working.
The performance of the receiver can
be enhanced by connecting an antenna
and earth to the bayonet socket at one
end of the receiver. In addition, there
is a socket for an external 9V power
pack and this can be used to extend
the already long battery life of this
set. However, there’s one important
thing to note here: like most transistor receivers using PNP transistors,
this set has a positive chassis. This
means that the sleeve of the socket is
also positive.
Restoring the B32
For some time now, I have been keen
to obtain the 4-band B33 version of this
set and I still am. Even so, I jumped
siliconchip.com.au
at the chance when a B32 model was
offered to me.
The set had quite bad distortion but
I thought that this would be easy to
fix. Well, the fault was easy to find – a
bit of careful probing with the signal
tracer revealed that the audio was fine
up to the loudspeaker. A quick check
with a multimeter then revealed that
one half of the speaker voice-coil was
open circuit.
But where do you get 80-ohm centretapped voice coil speakers? Answer
– you can’t.
I needed to get a close look at the
speaker, which meant that the “works”
had to come out of the cabinet. This initially involves removing three knobs
and the six screws holding the chassis
plate in position. That done, the small
escutcheon around the external power
inlet and the antenna/earth socket are
removed, after which the chassis can
be withdrawn from the cabinet.
Finally, the four nuts holding the
speaker were undone and the speaker
removed. But could I repair it? I could
see the break in one of the voice-coil
leads, so I decided to attempt a repair
using a small soldering iron, some
thin solder and a short length of fine
wire. I was in luck – the repair was
successful.
With the speaker now working
again, the next step was to check the
IF alignment. It needed only a minor
tweak to get it right on the button. I
then checked the front-end alignment
but started getting some strange results. The oscillator was tracking with
the dial calibrations so no work was
needed there. However, I found that
the loopstick antenna needed some
extra turns to peak its performance at
August 2005 95
This view shows the unit with the chassis out of the cabinet, as far as the loudspeaker leads will permit. The loudspeaker is a large oval-shaped unit, which
contributed to the good sound.
(TR2 & C5) adjustments. However,
I couldn’t find anything wrong in
the circuit and all the adjustments
had been done correctly.
Not long after, I had another
reputable brand transistor set to
restore. It too had an RF stage and
it had exactly the same problem,
only worse. Why?
I have come to the conclusion
that the MSP (Manufacturers Special
Products) 3-gang padderless tuning
capacitors have not been cut accurately and so the circuits do not track
correctly. Assuming that the oscillator
gang plates are cut correctly, then it
appears that the RF and antenna capacitors have insufficient capacitance
when the plates are fully in mesh.
By contrast, the Kriesler 11-99
receiver uses a padderless twin tuning gang and the cut on these is near
enough to be perfect. Its tuned circuits
track very accurately and the set is
extremely sensitive. It’s also worth
noting that the B33 doesn’t suffer from
this problem, as the three gang sections
are identical.
That said, the B32 is still a good
performer. It’s just that it could have
been even better.
Cabinet restoration
Fortunately, the cabinet was in very
good condition and only required
wiping over with a soapy cloth. In
addition, a stiff brush was used to get
dust out of the crevices in the front
panel, while the knobs were scrubbed
in soapy water with a nail brush.
The cabinet is in such good order
that it’s apparent that the set hasn’t
been used much. Perhaps the fault
in the speaker occurred quite early
in its life, after which the set was
safely stowed away on a shelf or in a
wardrobe.
Circuit details
A full circuit diagram is pasted onto the inside back cover of the receiver, along
with a diagram showing the dial stringing arrangement and a third diagram
showing the locations of the major components (IF transformers & transistors).
the low-frequency end of the dial.
The antenna coil is wound almost
right along the full length of the loopstick, so it’s not practical to move it to
peak the performance. After adding the
extra turns, the set worked very well at
the low-frequency end of the dial but I
couldn’t reduce the trimmer capacitor
96 Silicon Chip
far enough to peak the performance at
the high-frequency end.
So was the distributed capacitance
across the coil too high? I doubted
this would be the case and decided
to probe further. The components
involved were TR1 and C6. The same
problem occurred with the RF circuit
Fig.1 shows the circuit details of the
B32. It uses eight transistors, all PNP
germanium types, so all voltages are
negative with respect to the chassis
(ie, positive chassis).
The RF stage uses a 2N1637 transistor (VT1) which has automatic
gain control (AGC) applied to it. A
milliamp meter in the collector circuit
displays the signal strength.
VT2 (2N1639) and TR3 function as
an autodyne mixer. Its output signal
is at the intermediate frequency (IF,
455kHz) and this is fed to a top-cousiliconchip.com.au
Fig.1: the circuit uses eight PNP germanium transistors in a conventional superhet configuration. Transistor VT1
functions as an RF stage, while the push-pull output stage (VT7 & VT8) drives an 80-ohm centre-tapped loudspeaker.
siliconchip.com.au
August 2005 97
Photo Gallery: AWA Radiola 46E
to a pair of 2N217S output transistors
operating in push-pull configuration.
The operating bias on the 2N217S
output transistors is stabilised by an
AS2 compensation diode (MR4). This
is necessary because the hotter the
environment, the more current the
output transistors will draw. At the
same time, the compensation diode
also conducts more and the voltage
across it decreases. As a result, the
forward bias on the output transistors
is reduced and so they are automatically “throttled” back.
This means that the standing current drawn by the output transistors
is maintained at about the same level,
regardless of temperature. So MR4
is there to prevent what is known as
“thermal runaway”.
There is no conventional output
transformer. Instead, as mentioned
previously, the output transistors directly-drive an 80-ohm centre-tapped
loudspeaker.
It’s just as well the loudspeaker was
repairable. They’re virtually unobtainable these days and it would have
been quite a lot of work to modify the
audio amplifier stage to suit a different speaker.
Servicing
Manufactured by AWA in 1932, the Radiola 46E TRF console was a
5-valve “little brother” to the larger 55E console featured last month. In
fact, its external appearance was almost identical to the 55E but it featured one less RF stage (and one less knob). The valve line-up was two
235 RF amplifiers, a 224A detector, a 247 audio output stage and a 280
rectifier. Photo: Historical Radio Society of Australia, Inc.
pled bandpass pair of tuned circuits
(TR4 and TR5). The first and second IF
amplifiers both use 2N1638 transistors
(VT3 and VT4), which are neutralised
C22 and C24 (after all, these are solid
state equivalents of triodes)! The IF
stage then drives diode MR3 which
functions as the detector.
The detector output is fed to volume
control RV1 and then to the base of
the first audio stage (VT5, 2N408).
98 Silicon Chip
This stage also acts as an AGC amplifier. The greater the signal, the higher
the current through VT5 for a given
setting of the volume control (ie, the
transistor turns on harder). This in turn
pulls VT1’s emitter more negative and
reduces its gain.
The audio output from VT5 appears
at its collector and is fed to VT6 (another 2N408) via a 4mF capacitor (C39).
It’s output is then transformer-coupled
Unfortunately, this set can be rather
awkward to service. The controls, tuning gang and ferrite rod are all easily
accessed but the PC board can only
be removed by using a large soldering
iron to unsolder it at four points on the
metal mounting plate. In addition, the
RF and oscillator trimmers can only
be adjusted after removing the chassis
from the case.
This is rather a poor idea, considering that it would not have been hard
to use trimmers that are independent
of the gang and positioned with their
adjustment slots easily accessible from
the back.
By the way, once the PC board has
been freed, it’s important to make sure
that it cannot touch the (positive rail)
chassis. Placing paper or a soft cloth
between the board and the metal chassis plate is a worthwhile precaution
against possible damage.
Summary
In summary, there was very little
wrong with the set, the faulty speaker
being the main problem. All in all,
it is a very good set that’s somewhat
SC
spoiled by its tuning gang.
siliconchip.com.au
PRODUCT SHOWCASE
New 4-channel USB ’Scope from Pico
The four-channel
PicoScope 3424 PC
Oscilloscope from Pico
Technology has 12bit resolution, 20MS/s
sampling rate and a
large 512K memory
buffer. A USB 2.0 connection eliminates the
need for an external
power supply and
makes connection and
installation easy.
It offers 1% voltage
accuracy and 100ppm
timebase accuracy. Timebases from
500ns/div to 50s/div and voltage
ranges from ±20mV to ±20V make
it suitable for a wide range of applications, including general analog,
audio and digital design and repair. It
produces high-quality waveforms that
can be vertically zoomed to reveal even
higher levels of detail. This resolution
gives the instrument a 72dB dynamic
range in spectrum analyser mode,
which enables it to detect low-level
harmonics for applications such as
noise and vibration analysis.
The PicoScope 3424 is supplied
with the PicoScope and PicoLog software applications, a 32-bit Windows
driver and support for numerous
third-party applications. PicoScope
provides oscilloscope, spectrum ana-
lyser and multimeter functions, with
the ability to measure, save and print
waveforms. PicoLog turns the PC into
a powerful Data Logger that can export
data to a spreadsheet or display it as a
graph, in real time or using recorded
data.
These programs are easy for the
novice to operate but also contain a full
range of advanced features for expert
users. Software updates are available
free of charge from the Pico Technology website.
Contact:
Emona Instruments Pty Ltd
PO Box 15, Camperdown NSW 1450
Tel: (02) 9519 3933 Fax: (02) 9559 1378
Website: www.emona.com.au
Jaycar’s new Scoreboard kit is already upgraded!
Even before its release, the Jaycar
Electronics Sports Scoreboard (SILICON CHIP, March-May & this month)
has already had an upgrade.
While the kit overwhelmingly follows the design in the
magazine, in response to requests
fromreaders, the Jaycar kit has
now been modified to include
fouls and include other minor
improvements. Jaycar submitted
one of their completed kits for
evaluation and it looks very good!
The complete kit, including the
desk controller (not shown here),
is now available from Jaycar Electronics stores, for $799.00
siliconchip.com.au
Altronics’ Sydney store
DMM
GIVEAWAY
Altronics maintain their Auburn
electronic enthusiast staff are the
best in the business as indeed is
their electronics
showroom which
caters for the trade
and serious hobbyist alike.
This month they released their latest
324 page electronics catalog and invite
customers to visit the Auburn store and
see for themselves both the showroom
and exciting new products. As an enticement they are offering you a rather
excellent digital multimeter absolutely
free with any purchase (even a 50 cent
purchase!). Simply ask for the free
multimeter mentioned in SILICON CHIP
magazine, August issue. Strictly limited
to one per person during August 2005.
This fantastic little 3.5 digit multimeter
(Cat. No. Q 1053A) features 19 ranges
including an in-built transistor and diode test function. This meter provides
a surprising number of features and
facilities and would be perfect for the
budding enthusiast or a spare meter for
the toolbox or glovebox.
ONLY at Altronics (Sydney store)
15 Short Street, Auburn NSW 2144
AUDIO MODULES
broadcast quality
Contact:
Jaycar Electronics
PO Box 6424, Silverwater NSW 1811.
Tel: (02) 9741 8555 Fax: (02) 9741 8500
Website: www.jaycar.com.au
Manufactured in Australia
Harbuch Electronics Pty Ltd
9/40 Leighton Pl. HORNSBY 2077
Ph (02) 9476-5854 Fx (02) 9476-3231
August 2005 99
Spider: a remote
monitoring, control
and alarm system
Halytech Spider SMS LC is an integrated remote monitoring, control and
alarm system designed and manufactured in Australia.
You can connect virtually any type
of sensor to the Spider and receive
alarms by e-mail or SMS when readings go outside your pre-defined range.
Or you can send SMS commands to the
Spider to remotely control a device.
Every computer can communicate
with a Spider. No special software
is required. Simply start your web
browser and surf the Spider’s web
pages!
Each Spider SMS LC incorporates
a high capacity data logger. Data is
downloaded in a standard format
readable by all popular spreadsheet
and database programs. Or you can
automatically receive data reports as
email attachments.
Spider SMS LC includes all software, hardware and a GSM or CDMA
mobile phone module. It is housed in
a compact, economical plastic enclosure making it ideal for use by system
integrators and OEM applications.
World’s first VOIP &
landline phone in one
Typical applications include:
• Environmental monitoring
• Process control
• Pump control
• Water treatment
• Waste management
• Irrigation
• Rural applications
• Air conditioning
Contact:
Halytech Pty Ltd
Box 6983, Baulkham Hills BC, NSW 2153
Tel: (02) 9862 9955 Fax: (02) 9642 1928
Website: www.halytech.com.au
Unwired getting ready for WiMAX:
mobile, go-anywhere wireless broadband
Unwired Australia will receive WiMAX
compatible equipment from Navini Networks from late 2005 – paving the way for
a seamless and cost-effective transition to
WiMAX.
WiMAX will deliver truly mobile highspeed broadband access to users to almost
anywhere in Australia and ultimately roaming
access around the globe.
Navini will start shipping Ripwave dualmode (modems) by the end of 2005. The
Ripwave dual-mode modem is software
upgradeable to Navini’s WiMAX 802.16e
system (mobile-capable WiMAX) and can
switch easily between Unwired’s current
technology and WiMAX 802.16e.
Unwired is the only carrier in Australia
that can easily transition to WiMAX when
the mobility standard is introduced. Unwired
owns most of the 3.5GHz spectrum in Australia which is the preferred WiMAX band.
Unwired Australia say that WiMAX in
Australia will revolutionise mobile data in the
same way the GSM standard transformed
voice technology in the 90s.
The WiMAX momentum is continuing with
100 Silicon Chip
major carriers rolling out WiMAX networks
and manufacturers such as Intel and Fujitsu
now producing WiMAX chips for modems
and eventually other portable devices such
as laptops.
The mobile version (802.16e) of this
standard is expected to be ratified at the end
of this year.
Navini will also deliver “Ripwave” base
stations, targeted for early 2006, that will
be software-upgradeable to 802.16e and will
continue to support the Smart Antenna technology available from Navini today. Unwired
plans to start receiving these base stations
in the first half of 2006.
This, in conjunction with the Ripwave
Element Management System that will support both the Navini pre-WIMAX and WiMAX
network, will facilitate a smooth transition
to 802.16e.
We have mentioned Microgram’s VOIP phones before in this
column, suitable for Skype or other
“free” internet-based systems.
But now Microgram have announced what is claimed to be
the world’s first phone which
can operate as a VOIP phone or
a conventional DECT (cordless)
landline phone.
The Cordless DUALphone is
a cordless telephone that can be
connected to a normal telephone
socket and a USB port on a PC.
What is more, the display shows
whether your friends who also use
Skype are online.
If they are, you simply have to
press the appropriate green button
and talk to them for free – no matter
where they are in the world.
So you get the best of both
worlds: a cordless phone which
can be used for conventional calls
or a Skype phone for free local,
long distance and international
calls to other Skype users (requires
internet connection, preferably
broadband).
In fact, with the new Skypeout
service, the phone can be used to
access very low international rates
for non-Skype contacts.
The Cordless Skype Phone 2-in1 (Cat No. 10172-13) is priced at
$220.00. Extra handsets (Cat No.
10173-13) are $110.00.
Contact:
Contact:
PO Box Q74, QVB, Sydney NSW 1350
Tel: (02) 9231 6055
Website: www.unwired.com.au
1/14 Bon Mace Cl, Berkeley Vale 2261
Tel: (02) 4389 8444 Fax: (02) 4389 8388
Website: www.microgram.com.au
Unwired Australia
Microgram Computers
siliconchip.com.au
MATLAB software: sounds good to DEQX
Australian digital audio technology company, DEQX, has spent seven years developing the sound quality of audio speakers. Its
technology is now used in the famous Abbey
Road recording studios in London.
The evolution of affordable floating-point
Digital Signal Processing (DSP), has enabled
DEQX to develop a family of unique measurement, calibration and playback algorithms
that allow speaker designers and users to
correct many of the problems common in
speakers for decades.
The result is an audio correction process
that improves sound clarity by correcting both design flaws in the loudspeakers
themselves and natural flaws caused by
the speaker’s interaction with the listening
room’s acoustics.
The “DEQX Calibrated” technology allows
detailed speaker and room measurements
and provides tools that can enhance room
acoustics while improving speaker accuracy,
imaging and soundstage, even in low-cost
speaker systems.
Key to the continual development of DEQX
Calibrated technology is hours of trialling and
testing algorithms for the software, hours
that could easily have turned into weeks if
not for the use of MATLAB mathematical
software from The MathWorks.
The MathWorks (distributed in Australia by
Ceanet) is the world’s leading developer and
supplier of technical computing software for
engineers and scientists in industry, government, and education.
With more than 65 products based on
MATLAB and Simulink, The MathWorks provides high-productivity tools and consulting
services to solve challenging problems in
automotive, aerospace, telecommunications,
process industries, electronics, biotechnology and pharmaceuticals, finance, and earth
and planetary sciences. www.mathworks.
com.
In particular, DEQX uses MATLAB to test
DSP algorithms for speaker and room correction. MATLAB is a powerful mathematical
computing, visualisation, modelling and
simulation tool that helps developers analyse
enormous amounts of data and simulate possible situations to help predict outcomes.
Software Engineering Manager at DEQX,
Brett George, said MATLAB provided the
best platform for their complicated signal
processing requirements.
MATLAB has been used extensively to
develop DEQX’s custom speaker and room
correction software, which are amongst a
range of products based on the calibrated
correction process. The products are now
allowing speaker designers to provide levels
of accuracy and clarity in speakers which
near the quality of the other components in
their system.
Contact:
Ceanet Pty Ltd
Level 5, 15-19 Bent St, Sydney NSW 2000
Tel: (02) 9232 3699 Fax: (02) 9232 3332
Website: www.ceanet.com.au
The DEQX Calibrated PDC-2.6P Digital
Loudspeaker/Room Correction Preamp
and Crossover Processor.
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK
SCspecialise
WEBLINK SC
We
in WEBLINK
providingSCa WEBLINK
range of SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
Low Power Radio solutions for OEM’s to
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
incorporate
in their
wirelessSCtechnology
SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK
WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK
SCThe
WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK
based
products.
innovative
range SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
includes
productsSC
from
MK Consultants,
SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK
WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK the
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SCspecialist
WEBLINKmanufacturer.
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
world-renowned
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
Tel:(07)
4934 0413
Fax: (07)
4934 0311
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK
SCdesigns
WEBLINK
SCmanufactures
WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
JED
and
a range SC
of WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
single
board computers
(based
on Wilke
SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK
WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
Tiger
and Atmel
AVR), asSC
well
as LCD
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
displays
and analog
and digital
I/O for PCs
SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINKJED
SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
and controllers.
also makes
a PC PROM
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
programmer and RS232/RS485 converters.
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
Tel: (03)
9762 3588
Fax: (03)
9762 5499
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
Our website is updated daily, with over
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
5,500
products
our SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK
SCavailable
WEBLINK through
SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SCsecure
WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK
WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
online
orderingSC
facility.
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
Features
include
semiconductor
data SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC
WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK
WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
sheets,
media
releases,SC
software
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
downloads,
and muchSCmore.
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK
WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
Tel: SC
1800
022 888
Tel: SC
1800
022 888
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
uly
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC
WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
ugust
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK SC WEBLINK
TeleLink Communications
WebLINK: telelink.com.au
Jed Microprocessors Pty Ltd
Farnell InOne achieves global ESD handling standards
Farnell InOne is the first company
in Australia to achieve the Standards
Mark for the Certification of Electrostatic Sensitive Devices (ESD) from
the certified testing body SAI Global.
The company has passed stringent tests
and assessments set out by SAI Global
to meet world-wide standards in ESD
handling. Testing includes the areas of
transport, unpacking, handling, packaging and distribution of ESD.
Farnell InOne’s standards in ESD
handling involve the use of protective packaging materials, custom ESD
workstations, equipment including
siliconchip.com.au
grounding straps, and special handling procedures. Each employee
who has access to ESD areas is fully
trained in procedures and is equipped
to handle items in order to prevent
ESD problems.
Problems with ESD can cost companies thousands of dollars in equipment
failures, damage and product recalls.
Contact:
Farnell InOne
PMB 6, Chester Hill NSW 2162
Tel: 1300 361 005 (NZ 0800 90 80 80)
Website: www.farnellinone.com
WebLINK: jedmicro.com.au
JAYCAR
JAYCAR ELECTRONICS
ELECTRONICS
WebLINK:
WebLINK: www.jaycar.com.au
www.jaycar.com.au
A
J
2005
83
2005 101
hellschreiber - revisited
Regular readers will recall Stan
Swan’s enthusiastic “Hellschreiber”
feature back in the May 2005 issue
of SILICON CHIP. It attracted a lot of
interest and correspondence – not all
of it 100% positive!
First of all, a brief recap for those
who might have missed it. Stan
talked about the “rediscovery” of
this WWII-vintage communication
system, actually used to great effect
by the German army with their portable “Feld-Hell” electromechanical
units.
In some ways, Hellschreiber may
be thought of as a forerunner to modern-day facsimile machines, since it
writes an image to paper. However,
it was/is limited to transmission and
reception of letters/numbers.
Stan talked about the free Hellschreiber software available on the
’net and then went on to describe how
it could be used on the “data only”
channels 22 and 23 of the Australian
UHF CB radio system, along with a
suitable computer and sound card.
Whoops!
What Stan didn’t realize at the time
was that the “data only” channels are
restricted to absolutely miniscule
amounts of data – three seconds
maximum in each hour. This is much
less than Hellschreiber requires.
We only twigged to this ourselves
when several readers (presumably users of the data-only channels!) wrote
in to tell us of the transgression.
Item Channel
6
22
23
Carrier
Frequency
(Megahertz)
476.950
476.975
It’s not mentioned at all on the
Australian Communications Authority (ACA) website Class Licencing
page (http://internet.aca.gov.au/ACA
INTER.65650:STANDARD:pc=
PC_1265). In fact, you have to go right
back to the ACA’s “Radio Communication (Citizen Band Radio Stations)
Class Licence 2002” page (http://internet.aca.gov.au/acainterwr/aca_
home/legislation/radcomm/class_licences/cbrs.rtf), then wend your way
right through to Schedule 1 (CB
station operational requirements)
and finally work your way down to
Section 6(g), before you find the
specific reference to Channels 22 and
23 having a time limit.
Phew! No wonder people don’t
know about it!
Moreover, those regulations, reproduced below (with the relevant
clause in italics), don’t even mention the limitation to “telemetry and
telecommand” – something Hellschreiber definitely is not. (Telemetry
and Tele-command are digital signals,
transmitted from one UHF CB to another, designed to either do something
or read something – such as open or
close an electronic gate lock or measure the water level in a dam on the
opposite side of the property).
To find those limitations, you need
to go back to the Class Licencing Page
mentioned above and . . . oh yes, there
it is – Telemetry and Telecommand.
Therefore, we must warn UHF
CB users that, despite their being
no licence requirements for their
operation, there are most certainly
regulations which have to be obeyed
and the authorities could take a very
dim view of people tying up the
data channels with such things as
Hellschreiber or even SSTV. (Stan
had also been toying with the idea
of using UHF 22/23 for SSTV but
following our advice has shelved
that idea, too!)
There was one other small oversight in the Hellschreiber article.
Stan supplied a photograph of a
Hellschreiber transceiver (which we
published on page 42 of that issue),
which he had obtained from an obscure site on the ’net (good old Google!)
and he‑ could not determine who, if
anyone, owned the copyright.
However, it seems that the photo in
question may have itself been copied
from the website of another NZ ham,
Murray Greenman, ZL1BPU, who was
not happy that he was not acknowledged as the rightful owner.
To be honest, had we known about
an original version of this contentious
photo (http://www.qsl.net/zl1bpu/
FUZZY/History/fh44.jpg) we would
have asked for permission to use it
instead because it is of significantly
better quality than the one Stan gave
us and we actually printed!
In any case, we apologise to Murray Greenman for the apparent inadvertent use of his photograph.
SC
Restriction
A transmitter employed in a CB station:
(a) must operate with a transmitter power not exceeding 5 watts; and
(b) must not exceed an EIRP of 8.3 watts; and
(c) must operate with an occupied bandwidth not exceeding 16 kHz; and
(d) must not exceed a carrier frequency error of ±3 kHz; and
(e) must not exceed an adjacent channel power of –22 dBm; and
(f) must not exceed a conducted spurious emission of –30 dBm; and
(g) must operate on a duty cycle of not more than 3 seconds in any period of
60 minutes; and
(h) must be fitted with a device that shuts the transmitter down after 3 minutes
of continuous operation.
A receiver employed in a CB station must operate with a conducted spurious
emission not exceeding –57 dBm.
Note: The use of single frequency store and forward repeaters is permitted.
102 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
There’s no point making the best speakers in the world
if they’re not affordable
said of VAF
“They are the best speakers I have ever heard.”
said
“We have yet to hear another system that
sounds as good as this one.”
*
said
“The ultimate in high fidelity performance with
the best bass in the world”.
It’s nice that these people are impressed by
VAF speakers. We want you to be too.
For the enthusiast, most models are also
available as ‘ready-to-assemble’ kits.
... Interested?
FreeCall 1800 818 882
Eleven of the best loudspeakers
available, and they’re all affordable
siliconchip.com.au
* Three years on powered speakers/subwoofers
August 2005 103
ASK SILICON CHIP
Got a technical problem? Can’t understand a piece of jargon or some technical principle? Drop us a line
and we’ll answer your question. Write to: Ask Silicon Chip, PO Box 139, Collaroy Beach, NSW 2097; or
send an email to silchip<at>siliconchip.com.au
PICAXE control for
1W Luxeon driver
I want to make a PICAXE control
the dimming of a Luxeon Star 1W
LED. How can I modify your 1W Star
Experimenter’s Power Supply circuit
(featured the December 2003 issue) to
enable the PICAXE to dim the Luxeon
using its PWM function? Is it as simple
as connecting the PICAXE to the out
of the 555? (E. P, via email).
• Although we haven’t tried it, we
can’t see why you couldn’t feed the
PWM output from a PICAXE into
the base of Q1 (via the 3.3kW resistor), replacing the 555 and associated
circuitry.
Nail detector
wanted
I know you have done a number of
metal detector projects, however they
have been sizeable devices designed
to detect objects deep below most surfaces. How about a handheld device?
I re-use a lot of old building material
and nails are sometimes difficult to
find until you hit them with a power
saw! The device I have in mind would
be about the same size as the ones used
at airports, hopefully a lot cheaper and
be able to detect nails and/or staples
up to about 25mm below the surface
of timber. Hope you can help. (I. B.
Monash, ACT).
• None of our metal locator projects
would be suitable. You would be better
off using a stud locator, available from
hardware stores for about $30. Some of
these are quite good at locating nails or
screws in walls, so they would probably work for your application.
PIC programmer
question
I was wondering if the Parallel Port
PIC Programmer and Checkerboard,
described in March 2001, can program
a PIC16C71 chip? Do I also need a
MAX232 to transmit data to a PC from
the PIC16C71? (D. V., via email).
• The hardware can be used to
program the PIC16C71, although the
software described in the article is
not suitable. You’ll probably need to
update to one of these packages: (1).
IC-Prog from www.ic-prog.com; or (2)
Lip-Sync Problem With Plasma Screen
With plasma screens increasingly
more common, lip sync where the
audio is in advance of the video is
a common problem. This appears
to be caused by video processor
delays relative to the audio and can
be quite variable, depending on the
mode of viewing.
High-end audio amplifiers provide variable audio delay but for
many readers, a low-cost digitally
selectable delay in the order of 20160ms would be an ideal project
to correct an unexpected problem.
Have you any projects that already
fit the bill or would this be a new
adventure? (P. D., via email).
• There is no easy answer to this
104 Silicon Chip
problem. As we understand it, depending on the particular mode of
display and the particular plasma
screen, the video picture can be
delayed by almost half a second.
The delay is caused by the considerable amount of processing required
to turn the video signal into a huge
pixel display. So even 160ms will
not be enough. Nor would it be a
simple project concept.
Our advice for anyone purchasing
a plasma screen for use in a home
theatre system is to thoroughly research this problem before you buy.
If possible, try the screen with the
proposed audio equipment it will
be used with.
PICALLW from www.picallw.com.
The details on using this software
were published in the “Updating the
PIC Programmer & Checkerboard” article on page 79 of the July 2003 issue
of SILICON CHIP.
Note that if you’re developing a
new project, we would recommend
selecting one of the more recent “F”
(FLASH memory) series microcontrollers, which can be erased and
reprogrammed in circuit.
As far as a PC serial port connection
is concerned, you’ll need some kind
of RS232 interface and the MAX232
is one of the easiest ways of building
one. The PIC16C71 does not include
a UART, so you’ll need to implement
this yourself in firmware. An application note (AN555) is available from
Microchip (see www.microchip.com)
describing how this can be achieved.
Powered subwoofer
has thump problem
I have just recently purchased a
Surround Sound home entertainment centre comprising a Yamaha
RX-V650 receiver with the following
speaker configuration: B&W DM601
(Mains), B&W DM600 (Rears), B&W
LCR600 (Centre) and B&W ASW300
(Subwoofer).
It is a very impressive system
with one small problem. I am getting
irregular “thumps” over the Subwoofer when the system is powered
on. It would appear the thumps are
being transmitted via the amplifier,
as they disappear as soon as I disconnect the subwoofer to amplifier
speaker cable.
I have tried all number of remedies,
including a surge protection power
board, disabling sleep mode on the
subwoofer, isolation of mains circuits,
relocation of the subwoofer, etc, but
have made no impact.
I am reasonably confident most of
the interference is being initiated by
my fridge when it powers up/down
but am unsure what to do next. Can
siliconchip.com.au
you offer any suggestions as to what I
might try to fix the problem.
The sound is not detectable on any
speaker other than the subwoofer. I
am running Monster Cable 16 gauge to
all speakers (fronts all bi-wired), with
a special interconnect cable from the
subwoofer to the amplifier. At present, I
am being forced to leave the subwoofer
powered off, as the thumps are very
annoying. (C. D., via email).
• Our guess (and it is only a guess)
is that the interference from your
fridge is being picked up by the input
signal lead to your powered ASW300
subwoofer. Keep this lead as far away
from mains cables as you can (including cabling buried in the walls). If the
input cable must go close to a mains
cable, try to route it at right-angles, to
minimise pickup.
Electronic blood
pressure monitor
I received an electronic blood pressure monitor as a gift. The device is
fully automatic and battery-powered
only. I have connected it to a 6V DC lab
power supply and it worked perfectly
except for the valve which controls
the air outlet.
When the device is turned on, the
valve opens and stays open while the
pump is pushing air in to the armband.
As soon as the batteries are replaced,
the monitor functions perfectly again.
Can you solve the mystery and help?
(B. K., via email).
• Our guess is the that the bench
power supply cannot deliver the peak
current required for correct valve
operation. Try connecting a 2200mF
electrolytic capacitor across the output
of the supply. This will reduce the
output impedance of the supply and it
should then be able to supply a higher
peak current.
TV aid for
hearing impaired
I am hard of hearing and use a set
of IR phones while watching TV. This
is fine at home but not so good when I
visit friends or stay at a motel. The IR
transmitter needs to be plugged into an
audio output on the TV and of course,
not all TVs have this. And even if they
do, it will be tucked away right at the
back of the set.
Would it be possible to create some
kind of acoustic coupling between the
siliconchip.com.au
Audio Interference To Video Signals
I wondered if you had a project
that could help with the following
problem. Recently, our church installed a data projector set up and
then the computer was moved to
the rear of the building to make operation less distracting. The video
cable length increased from three
metres to 25 metres.
The system works well but we are
now getting an interaction between
the hearing aid induction loop
and the video, where I presume
the longer cable is acting as an
inductor. The interference appears
as dark horizontal bands which are
in time with the audio and increase
in width and visibility as the audio
gets louder.
My impression is that low frequencies are the main contributor
as it is most noticeable when there
is a lot of bass but then that also
usually means more volume! The
problem disappears if I turn off the
hearing aid loop or pull down the
mixer feed to the hearing aid loop
during loud audio.
When we ran only a short cable to
the projector there was no problem
but now we have a long cable the
issue has arisen. I have tried two
different high-quality video cables,
transmitter and the TV set? It doesn’t
have to be hifi – I only want to hear
the program dialog.
Years ago, when phoning England
was a once-a-year event, I used to
record the phone conversation onto a
cassette recorder using a little gadget
with a rubber sucker. This was stuck
onto the phone and did the job beautifully. So could it be done? (J. G., via
email).
• The easy solution may be to use a
radio microphone, along the lines of
that described in the November 1998
issue. Just place the microphone in
front of the TV speakers. If you use a
lapel microphone, you might be able
to clip it to the front of the TV set. You
could then pick up the signal in a small
FM radio with earphones.
This will not be a hifi solution because there will be a tendency for the
microphone circuit to pick up frame
with no difference between them.
The loop runs around the entire
sanctuary at floor level or just above,
so all cables are actually within the
loop area and have to physically
cross the loop cable at one point to
reach the projector. I know the loop
field is strong, as using inductance
headphones, it is possible to hear
some distance (up to 10 metres or
so) outside the building.
The simplest solution would be
to install some form of automatic
limiting device at the audio mixer
feed to the loop amplifier to replicate what we do manually, pull back
the fader, like an AGC in reverse.
Have you ever had such a project?
I do not know if filtering the video
would work but if so, we would
need a filter at each proposed output
point, as the final configuration has
video distribution amplifiers. (G. C.,
via email).
• We don’t think there is any easy
way to keep the low-frequency audio signal out of the (unbalanced)
video cable since you have such a
long run. The only practical solution we can think of is to send the
video signal via optical fibre if that
is possible or send it via a 2.4GHz
link.
buzz from the TV’s CRT deflection
circuitry.
Alternatively, if you can feed the
signal from a lapel microphone into
your IR headphone transmitter, you
could achieve the same result.
Master volume control
for PortaPal
The PortaPal project in the February
and March 2003 issues is a great PA
amplifier although it does not include
a master volume control. Would it be
feasible to place a potentiometer in
the feedback of IC5a in place of the
15kW resistor to achieve this? (M. M.,
via email).
• A volume control of 10kW would
need to be placed at the output of op
amp IC5a, with the wiper connecting
to point “A” on the circuit, before
the 1mF coupling capacitor and tone
August 2005 105
Question On Charging Battery Packs
Many battery packs for drills and
cameras have three terminals. Can
you explain what the third terminal
does?
I have pulled the battery pack for
my Black & Decker drill apart and
found that the third terminal is a
tap half way up the battery chain.
I can only assume that some part
of the charger circuit is looking for
less than the full voltage rail (ie,
presumably the fastidious control
circuitry needs less volts than the
power control circuits) but it does
seem like an appalling practice to
deliberately run some of the cells
down to a lower state of charge than
control stage IC6a. You will need a
1mF coupling capacitor at the output
of IC5a.
Dimming the
PicToc clock
Your July 2001 PicToc clock can be
used in a car but is there an easy way
to dim the display at night? I can only
think of switching in resistors to RA0,
RA1, RA2 & RA3 separately on the PIC
chip, when the parking lights are on.
I also want to turn off the display
when the ignition is off. In this case,
I would have to use relays to disconnect the RA outputs completely. Is
there an easier way. (H. G., Port Augusta,
SA).
• There is no easy way to dim the
display except, as you say, to switch
in different resistors for the segments.
You could use reed relays to switch
resistors in parallel with higher value
resistors, so when the relays are closed,
the LEDs will be brighter. Doing all
that requires no less than eight reed
relays. Messy!
VK Powermate
modifications
I want to build the VK Powermate
25 (EA, February 1990) but want
to modify it and need advice as to
whether this is possible.
The plan is to have three stepped
output voltages: 6V, 12V and 24V,
using a 3-position rotary switch and
106 Silicon Chip
their mates. (P. M., via email).
• The tapping is probably there
so that the batteries can be charged
as two series strings. This is better
than charging the whole set of cells
in series and closer to the ideal of
charging each cell individually.
Alternatively, on some battery
packs, the third terminal is actually
a thermistor output. The thermistor
is buried in the battery pack and acts
as a temperature sensor. It effectively
shuts down the charging circuit
when the battery pack temperature
rises at the end of the charging
cycle to prevent overcharging and
increase battery pack life.
presets in place of RV1. I suspect a
pull down/up resistor on pin 4 of the
LM723 would be a good idea as well, to
stop the output going sky-high during
movement of the rotary switch.
The crowbar circuitry will also have
to be changed and I think the easiest
way is to make it trip at anything
higher than say 27-28V (for simplicity). I’m just not sure what has to be
changed to do this. The transformer I
have is rated at 28V AC <at> 20A. (S. W.,
Auckland, NZ).
• We would not recommend you
upgrade this supply with your 28V
transformer and then provide adjustable output. It would need massively
larger heatsinks to cope with the
greatly increased power dissipation at
the two lower voltage settings
Conversion of AM car
radio to FM reception
Can you please help with a kit or
information on how to convert an old
AM car radio to an FM unit internally
(electronically) so as to keep the outside appearance. (K. M., via email).
• What a question. We don’t have
any information on how to do such a
conversion and we would have to say
that it would be practically impossible
to do.
What sort of old car radio are you
considering? A vibrator-powered valve
unit, a push-button unit with permeability or maybe an early germanium
transistor unit with transformer cou-
pling between the audio stages? In
each case, the only practical approach
would be to scrap the entire internal
circuitry and just end up with the
metalwork and then try and adapt a
modern circuit to the existing tuning
dial.
If you have an old car fitted with an
original radio, our advice would be
to get it restored. It will be far more
authentic that way.
Cable for PIC-powered
rain gauge
I am interested in building the PICPowered Rain Gauge described in the
June 2000 issue and have the following
questions in relation to some aspects
of the design.
I saw a commercial unit on the internet and this unit also used a 10m
cable to connect the detector with the
electronics. Is there a specific reason
why the cable is 10m in length? If the
situation required it, could the cable
be longer or shorter, without affecting
the operation of the rain gauge?
Does the cable have to be passed
through a grommet and be soldered
directly to the PC board or can it be
terminated with a stereo 3.5mm phono
plug with a suitable socket fitted to the
box and terminated on the PC board,
or perhaps even use an RJ12 plug and
socket. (P. M., Karabar, NSW).
• The wire length can be more than
10m and you can use a jack plug and
socket.
Bridge mode for Mosfet
amplifier modules
In August 2001, you described a
200W Mosfet amplifier module put out
by Altronics. I built a pair of them into
an old AT case as a disco amplifier for
my son. He is upgrading his gear and
wants to know if they can be run in
bridge mode?
Can you help with any information
on this and what sort of power into
what load we may expect? Have you
described a circuit or kit to enable the
bridging? (T. C., via email).
• The modules can be run in bridge
mode but only into an 8-ohm load
whereby they will deliver a total of
around 400W.
We have not designed a bridge
adaptor but you can refer to the design featured in the June 1985 issue of
“Electronics Australia”. We can supsiliconchip.com.au
ply a photocopy for $8.80 including
postage within Australia.
Notes & Errata
Moving coil preamp
for the LP Doctor
Shunt Regulator, June 2005: transistors Q3 & Q4 are shown incorrectly
oriented on the overlay diagram and
photos and must be rotated 180°.
The source and drain markings for
the SDP55N03L Mosfet shown at
the foot of the circuit diagram are
reversed and the 47kW resistor in
the collector circuit of Q3 connects
to 5V rather than V+ as shown.
Depending on circuit tolerances,
it may not be possible to adjust the
trip voltage to 15V as described in
the text. To improve the adjustment
range, some changes to the resistive
divider connected to pin 2 of the
L4949 are required. For use with
12V systems, replace the 120kW resistor with a 100kW value, the 12kW
with a 9.1kW and the 1kW resistor
with a wire link. All resistors must
be 1% tolerance types. Assuming a
nominal reference of 1.23V, this will
give an adjustment range of about
13.1V to 15.9V.
For 24V systems, replace the
120kW resistor (connected to VR1)
with a 24kW value, the 12kW with a
4.7kW value and the 1kW with a wire
link. The120kW resistor connected
to V+ must be replaced with a 15V,
0.5W zener diode. The effect of the
zener is to reduce the hysteresis
voltage so that it remains about the
same as for the 12V system. Assum-
Have you ever published an RIAA
preamp for moving coil cartridges.
Alternatively, what modification do
I need to make to the LP Doctor to
match an MC cartridge to it? (P. S.,
via email).
• The preamp in the LP Doctor cannot itself be modified to provide more
gain but the inclusion of the following
stage involving IC2 probably means
that enough overall gain is available,
provided the gain control (VR1) is well
advanced. If more gain is required,
change the 10kW feedback resistors
between pins 1 & 2 and 6 & 7 of IC2
to 22kW.
Powerful horn project
wanted for car
Having recently encountered a Bdouble petrol tanker trying to move
into my lane while I was still in it, I
found myself wondering if the driver
could hear the puny horn of my car in
his cab so far away, over the clatter of
his own truck.
Car horns today are about 60mm
in diameter and are wimpish tooters!
This got me thinking on the possibility
of making a tone generator and using
a horn speaker to make a car horn that
sounds like a car horn! This could be a
fun and unusual project for those of us
who want a better warning device.
The tone could simply emulate the
sound of real horns like cars used to
have when cars themselves were real.
Is it worth considering as a magazine
project? (P. C., via airmail).
•
It really is not worth doing as a
magazine project. One of our staff
member’s wives has a Toyota Avalon.
It is a great car but comes with a single
wimpy horn. That was easily fixed.
ing nominal reference and zener
voltages, the adjustment range after
these changes will be about 25.9V
to 30.5V.
SMS Controller, October & November 2004: the supplier mentioned
in the article (mobileextras.com.
au) no longer stocks the data cable
needed to connect the phone to the
controller board.
The project requires a Nokia
DAU-9P or compatible data cable
with an RS232 serial (not USB)
connector. Cellink market a suitable
cable, part number MDC887. You
may be able to obtain one of these
through your local mobile phone accessory store, or you can order one
from Wagner Electronics Services,
phone (02) 9798 9233 or on the net
at www.wagner.net.au.
Meter Probe Extensions, May 2005
(Circuit Notebook): the PC board
pin sockets supplied by Jaycar
(Cat. HP-1260) may vary from those
described in the text. If the original
items prove to be too small for your
probe tips, then an alternative is to
use standard female bullet connectors. These will need to be gently
squeezed with pliers to close the
contacts slightly for a snug fit over
the probe tips.
He had the Toyota dealer fit a pair of
two tone horns purchased from a car
accessory outlet. The cost was less
than $100 and now the horns are loud
SC
enough to wake the dead!
WARNING!
SILICON CHIP magazine regularly describes projects which employ a mains power supply or produce high voltage.
All such projects should be considered dangerous or even lethal if not used safely.
Readers are warned that high voltage wiring should be carried out according to the instructions in the articles.
When working on these projects use extreme care to ensure that you do not accidentally come into contact with
mains AC voltages or high voltage DC. If you are not confident about working with projects employing mains voltages
or other high voltages, you are advised not to attempt work on them. Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd disclaims any
liability for damages should anyone be killed or injured while working on a project or circuit described in any issue
of SILICON CHIP magazine. Devices or circuits described in SILICON CHIP may be covered by patents. SILICON
CHIP disclaims any liability for the infringement of such patents by the manufacturing or selling of any such equipment. SILICON CHIP also disclaims any liability for projects which are used in such a way as to infringe relevant
government regulations and by-laws.
Advertisers are warned that they are responsible for the content of all advertisements and that they must conform to the Trade Practices Act 1974 or as subsequently amended and to any governmental regulations which are
applicable.
siliconchip.com.au
August 2005 107
SILICON
CHIP
Order
Form/Tax Invoice
Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd
ABN 49 003 205 490
www.siliconchip.com.au
PRICE GUIDE: SUBSCRIPTIONS
YOUR DETAILS
(Note: all subscription prices include P&P).
(Aust. prices include GST)
Your Name________________________________________________________
(PLEASE PRINT)
Organisation (if applicable)___________________________________________
Please state month to start.
Australia: 1 yr ....................$A83
1 yr + binder .....................$A96.50
NZ (air): 1 yr .....................$A89
Overseas (air): 1 yr ...........$A135
2 yrs .....................$A160
2 yrs + 2 binders ..$A186
2 yrs .....................$A178
2 yrs .....................$A260
Address__________________________________________________________
PRICE GUIDE: OTHER PRODUCTS
_________________________________________________________________
Postcode_____________ Daytime Phone No. (
)_____________________
Email address (if applicable) ___________________________________________
Method of Payment:
(all prices include GST on Aust. orders)
*SILICON CHIP BACK ISSUES in stock: 10% discount for
10 or more issues or photocopies. Australia: $A8.80 ea
(including p&p). Overseas: $A10 each (including p&p by air).
*ELECTRONICS AUSTRALIA: project photocopies, limited
back issues. 10% discount for 10 or more issues or photocopies. Australia: $A8.80 each (including p&p). Overseas:
$A10 ea (including p&p by air).
o Cheque/Money Order o Bankcard o Visa Card o Master Card
*BINDERS: BUY 5 or more and get them postage free.
(Available in Aust. only): $A12.95 each plus $7 p&p per order.
Card No.
*ELECTRONICS PROJECTS FOR CARS, VOL.2: Aust.
$A14.95; NZ/Asia/Pacific $A18.00 including p&p (air);
elsewhere $21.50. (All prices include p&p).
Card expiry date:
Signature_____________________________
*PERFORMANCE ELECTRONICS FOR CARS: Aust. $A22.50;
Overseas $A26.00. (Prices include p&p & GST where applicable).
SUBSCRIBERS QUALIFY FOR 10% DISCOUNT ON ALL SILICON CHIP PRODUCTS*
* except subscriptions/renewals
Qty
Item
Price
Item Description
Subscribe to SILICON CHIP on-line at: www.siliconchip.com.au
Both printed and on-line versions available
Total
TO PLACE
YOUR
ORDER
P&P if
extra
Total
Price
BUY
MOR 10 OR
ISSU E BACK
ES
A 1 0 & G ET
DISC %
OUN
T
$A
Phone (02) 9979 5644
9am-5pm Mon-Fri
Please have your credit
card details ready
OR
Fax this form to
(02) 9979 6503
with your credit card details
24 hours 7 days a week
OR
Mail this form, with your
cheque/money order, to:
Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd,
PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW,
Australia 2097
08-05
MARKET CENTRE
Cash in your surplus gear. Advertise it here in Silicon Chip.
CLASSIFIED ADVERTISING RATES
Advertising rates for this page: Classified ads: $22.00 (incl. GST) for up to 20 words
plus 66 cents for each additional word. Display ads: $36.00 (incl. GST) per column
centimetre (max. 10cm). Closing date: five weeks prior to month of sale.
To run your classified ad, print it clearly in the space below or on a separate sheet
of paper, fill out the form & send it with your cheque or credit card details to: Silicon
Chip Classifieds, PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW 2097. Alternatively, fax the details
to (02) 9979 6503 or send an email to silchip<at>siliconchip.com.au
Taxation Invoice ABN 49 003 205 490
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
Enclosed is my cheque/money order for $__________ or please debit my
Bankcard Visa Card Master Card
Card No.
Signature__________________________ Card expiry date______/______
Name _____________________________________________________
Street _____________________________________________________
Suburb/town ___________________________ Postcode______________
Phone:_____________ Fax:_____________ Email:__________________
siliconchip.com.au
FOR SALE
MORE CONTROL SOLUTIONS FOR
YOU:
Netiom Link – automatically transfer
digital inputs and outputs between two
cards over an Ethernet link
Labjack USB Data Acquisition Module
features 8 12-bit analog inputs, 20 digital
I/O, 2 analog outputs and high speed
counter. Free software DaqFactory
Express, Labview driver and ActiveX
component.
Signal Conditioners non isolated and
isolated – convert thermocouples, RTDs
to 4-20mA or 0-10V. Fully programmable.
Pixel Programmable Controller with
4 analog inputs, 8 digital inputs and
8 relay outputs. Uses a Picaxe 28X.
Programmed in BASIC.
Temperature and humidity sensors
N1500 universal process indicator.
Budget-priced displays thermocouple,
RTD, 4-20mA and 0-5V readings. Fully
programmable.
Box of Connectors – choose BNC,
UHF, N Type or RS232 gender changers
and converters together.
Serial and Parallel port relay controller
cards.
Pump and Trip Alarm Controller card.
Duty-Standby operation.
MicroProgrammers for Atmel and PIC
chips.
2, 4 & 8 Relay Cards suitable for TTL
and Open Collector Outputs
DC, Stepper and Servo Motor controller
kits.
Switch-Mode, Battery Chargers and
DC-DC converters.
Full details and credit card ordering available at www.oceancontrols.com.au.
Helping to put you in control.
USB KITS: GPIB Interface, Thermostat
Tester, LCD Module Interface, Stepper Motor Controller, PIO Interface,
DTMF Transceiver, Thermometer, DDS
HF Generator, Compass, 4 Channel
Voltmeter, I/O Relay Card, USB via
LabVIEW. Also available: Digital Oscilloscope, Temperature Loggers, VHF
Receivers and USB ActiveX (and USAugust 2005 109
Silicon Chip
Binders
New New New
Mark22-SM
Slimline Mini FM R/C Receiver
REAL
VALUE
AT
$12.95
PLUS P
&
P
TAIG MACHINERY
These binders will protect your
copies of S ILICON CHIP. They
feature heavy-board covers & are
made from a dis
tinctive 2-tone
green vinyl. They hold up to 14
issues & will look great on your
bookshelf.
•
•
•
•
•
6 Channels
10kHz frequency separation
Size: 55 x 23 x 20mm
Weight: 25gm
Modular Construction
Price: $A129.50 with crystal
Electronics
PO Box 580, Riverwood, NSW 2210.
Ph/Fax (02) 9533 3517
email: youngbob<at>silvertone.com.au
Website: www.silvertone.com.au
Micro Mini Lathes and Mills
From $489.00
Stepper motors: 200 oz in $89.00, 330 oz in $110.00
Digital verniers: 150mm $55.00, 200mm $65.00
59 Gilmore Crescent
(02) 6281 5660
Garran ACT 2605
0412269707
H 80mm internal width
H SILICON CHIP logo printed in
gold-coloured lettering on spine
& cover
H Buy five and get them postage
free!
Price: $A12.95 plus $A7 p&p per
order. Available only in Aust.
Silicon Chip Publications
PO Box 139
Collaroy Beach 2097
Or fax (02) 9979 6503; or ring (02)
9979 5644 & quote your credit
card number.
Foam surrounds,voice coils,cones and more
Original parts for Dynaudio,Tannoy and others
Expert speaker repairs – 20 years experience
Australian agents for
products
Trade welcome – email for your user ID
Phone (03) 9647 7000
speakerbits.com.au
Use this handy form
Enclosed is my cheque/money order for
$________ or please debit my
Bankcard
Visa Mastercard
Card No:
_________________________________
Card Expiry Date ____/____
Signature ________________________
Name ____________________________
Address__________________________
__________________ P/code_______
110 Silicon Chip
BDOS.exe file) to control our kits from
your own application. www.ar.com.
au/~softmark
WEATHER STATIONS: windspeed &
direction, inside temperature, outside
temperature & windchill. Records highs
& lows with time and date as they occur.
Optional rainfall and PC interface. Used
Select your microcontroller kit
and get started...
Fax a copy of
From
$295*
RCM3400
this ad and
receive a
5% discount
on your order!
Feature rich, compiler, editor & debugger
with royalty free TCP/IP stack
• Prices exclude GST and delivery charges.
Tel: + 61 2 9906 6988
Fax: + 61 2 9906 7145
www.dominion.net.au
4007
by government departments, farmers,
pilots and weather enthusiasts. Other
models with barometric pressure, humidity, dew point, solar radiation, UV,
leaf wetness, etc. Just phone, fax or write
for our FREE catalog and price list. Eco
Watch phone: (03) 9761 7040; fax: (03)
9761 7050; Unit 5, 17 Southfork Drive,
Kilsyth, Vic. 3137. ABN 63 006 399 480.
SUPERBRIGHT LEDS from just 8 cents
each, including new wide angle range!
12 volt LED lightbars, great for solar/
camping. Nixie tubes and nixie kits. Lots
of other stuff, and always more items
being added. www.ledsales.com.au
RCS RADIO/DESIGN is at 41 Arlewis
St, Chester Hill 2162, NSW Australia
siliconchip.com.au
Do You Eat, Breathe and Sleep TECHNOLOGY?
Opportunities for full-time and part-time positions all over Australia & New Zealand
Jaycar Electronics is a rapidly growing, Australian
owned, international retailer with more than 39 stores in
Australia and New Zealand. Our aggressive expansion
programme has resulted in the need for dedicated
individuals to join our team to assist us in achieving our
goals.
We pride ourselves on the technical knowledge of our
staff. Do you think that the following statements describe
you? Please put a tick in the boxes that do:
Knowledge of electronics, particularly at component level.
Assemble projects or kits yourself for car, computer, audio, etc.
Have empathy with others who have the same interest as you.
May have worked in some retail already (not obligatory).
Have energy, enthusiasm and a personality that enjoys
helping people.
Appreciates an opportunity for future advancement.
Have an eye for detail.
Why not do something you love and get paid for it? Please
write or email us with your details, along with your C.V.
and any qualifications you may have. We pay a
competitive salary, sales commissions and have great
benefits like a liberal staff purchase policy.
Advertising Index
555 Electronics.............................51
Amateur Scientist CD ..............OBC
Send to:
Retail Operations Manager - Jaycar Electronics Pty Ltd
P.O. Box 6424 Silverwater NSW 1811
Email: jobs<at>jaycar.com.au
Altronics.......................................29
Jaycar Electronics is an equal opportunity employer and
actively promotes staff from within the organisation.
Dick Smith Electronics........... 16-21
Av-Comm...................................111
Dominion Electronics............81,110
Eco Watch..................................110
Elexol...........................................51
Satellite TV Reception
ELNEC IC PROGRAMMERS
Furzy Electronics........................110
International satellite
TV reception in your
home is now affordable.
Send for your free info
pack containing equipment catalog, satellite
lists, etc or call for appointment to view.
We can display all satellites from 76.5°
to 180°.
Universal and
specialised models
High quality
Realistic prices
Large range of adaptors
Free regular software updates
Windows 95/98/Me/NT/2k/XP
Grantronics.................................111
AV-COMM P/L, 24/9 Powells Rd,
Brookvale, NSW 2100.
Tel: 02 9939 4377 or 9939 4378.
Fax: 9939 4376; www.avcomm.com.au
GRANTRONICS PTY LTD
PO Box 275, Wentworthville. 2145.
Ph: 02 9896 7150
and has all the published PC boards
from SC, EA, ETI, HE, AEM & others.
Ph (02) 9738 0330. sales<at>rcsradio.
com.au, www.rcsradio.com.au
Full details on web-site. Credit cards
accepted.
GRANTRONICS PTY LTD, PO Box 275,
Wentworthville 2145. (02) 9896 7150 or
http://www.grantronics.com.au
S-Video . . . Video . . . Audio . . . VGA
distribution amps, splitters, standards
converters, tbc’s, switchers, cables, etc,
& price list: www.questronix.com.au
ImageCraft C Compilers: 32-bit
Windows IDE and compiler. For AVR,
68HC08, 68HC11, 68HC12, 68HC16.
from $330.00
Atmel Flash CPU Programmer: Handles the 89Cx051, 89C5x, 89Sxx in
both DIP and PLCC44 and some AVR’s,
most 8-pin EEPROMS. Includes socket
for serial ISP cable. $220, $11 p&p.
SOIC adaptors: 20 pin $132.00, 14 pin
$126.50, 8 pin $121.00.
www.grantronics.com.au
PCBs MADE, ONE OR MANY. Any
format, hobbyists welcome. Sesame
Electronics Phone (02) 9593 1025.
sesame<at>sesame.com.au
www.sesame.com.au
KIT ASSEMBLY
NEVILLE WALKER KIT ASSEMBLY
& REPAIR:
• Australia wide service
• Small production runs
• Specialist “one-off” applications
Phone Neville Walker (07) 3857 2752
Email: flashdog<at>optusnet.com.au
Circuit & Design Ideas Wanted
Do you have a good circuit idea? If so, sketch it out, write a
brief description of its operation & send it to us. Provided
your idea is workable & original, we’ll publish it in Circuit
Notebook & you’ll make some money. We pay up to $60 for
a good circuit so send your idea to:
Silicon Chip Publications, PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW 2097.
siliconchip.com.au
Harbuch Electronics...................100
Instant PCBs..............................110
Jaycar ...............IFC, 53-60,101,111
JED Microprocessors..............5,101
Microgram Computers....................3
Oatley Electronics........................93
Ocean Controls..........................109
Ozitronics.....................................81
Prime Electronics...........................7
Quest Electronics.........101,110,111
RCS Radio.................................110
RF Probes....................................95
SC Perf Elect. For Cars................72
Silicon Chip Binders..............73,110
Silicon Chip Bookshop........112,IFC
Silicon Chip Subscriptions.........108
Silvertone Electronics................110
Siomar Batteries..........................69
Speakerbits................................110
Taig Machinery...........................110
Telelink.......................................101
VAF............................................103
____________________________
PC Boards
Printed circuit boards for SILICON
CHIP projects are made by:
RCS Radio Pty Ltd. Phone (02) 9738
0330. Fax (02) 9738 0334.
August 2005 111
ALL S ILICON C HIP SUBSCRIBERS – PRINT,
OR BOTH – AUTOMATICALLY QUALIFY FOR A
REFERENCE $ave 10%ONLINE
DISCOUNT ON ALL BOOK OR PARTSHOP PURCHASES.
CHIP BOOKSHOP 10% (Does not apply to subscriptions)
SILICON
For the latest titles and information, please refer to our website books page: www.siliconchip.com.au/Shop/Books
PIC MICROCONTROLLERS: know it all
SELF ON AUDIO
Multiple authors $85.00
The best of subjects Newnes authors have written over the past few years,
combined in a one-stop maxi reference. Covers introduction to PICs and their
programming in Assembly, PICBASIC, MBASIC & C. 900+ pages.
PROGRAMMING and CUSTOMIZING THE
PICAXE By David Lincoln (2nd Ed, 2011) $65.00*
A great aid when wrestling with applications for the PICAXE
See
series of microcontrollers, at beginner, intermediate and
Review
April
advanced levels. Every electronics class, school and library should have a
copy, along with anyone who works with PICAXEs. 300 pages in paperback. 2011
PIC IN PRACTICE
by D W Smith. 2nd Edition - published 2006 $60.00*
Based on popular short courses on the PIC, for professionals, students
and teachers. Can be used at a variety of levels. An ideal introduction to the
world of microcontrollers. 255 pages in paperback.
PIC MICROCONTROLLER – your personal introductory course By John Morton 3rd edition 2005. $60.00*
A unique and practical guide to getting up and running with the PIC. It assumes no knowledge of microcontrollers – ideal introduction for students,
teachers, technicians and electronics enthusiasts. Revised 3rd edition focuses entirely
on re-programmable flash PICs such as 16F54, 16F84 12F508 and 12F675. 226 pages
in paperback.
by Douglas Self 2nd Edition 2006 $69.00*
A collection of 35 classic magazine articles offering a dependable methodology for designing audio power amplifiers to improve performance at every
point without significantly increasing cost. Includes compressors/limiters,
hybrid bipolar/FET amps, electronic switching and more. 467 pages in paperback.
SMALL SIGNAL AUDIO DESIGN
By Douglas Self – First Edition 2010 $95.00*
The latest from the Guru of audio. Explains audio concepts in easy-to-understand language with plenty of examples and reasoning. Inspiration for audio
designers, superb background for audio enthusiasts and especially where it comes to
component peculiarities and limitations. Expensive? Yes. Value for money? YES! Highly
recommended. 558 pages in paperback.
AUDIO POWER AMPLIFIER DESIGN HANDBOOK
by Douglas Self – 5th Edition 2009 $85.00*
"The Bible" on audio power amplifiers. Many revisions and
updates to the previous edition and now has an extra three
chapters covering Class XD, Power Amp Input Systems and
Input Processing and Auxiliarly Subsystems. Not cheap and not a book
for the beginner but if you want the best reference on Audio Power Amps,
you want this one! 463 pages in paperback.
DVD PLAYERS AND DRIVES
by K.F. Ibrahim. Published 2003. $71.00*
OP AMPS FOR EVERYONE
By Bruce Carter – 4th Edition 2013 $83.00*
This is the bible for anyone designing op amp circuits and you don't
have to be an engineer to get the most out of it. It is written in simple language
but gives lots of in-depth info, bridging the gap between the theoretical and the
practical. 281 pages,
A guide to DVD technology and applications, with particular focus
on design issues and pitfalls, maintenance and repair. Ideal for
engineers, technicians, students of consumer electronics and
sales and installation staff. 319 pages in paperback.
by Sanjaya Maniktala, Published April 2012. $83.00
Thoroughly revised! The most comprehensive study available of theoretical and practical aspects of controlling and measuring
EMI in switching power supplies.
Subtitled Exploring the PIC32, a Microchip insider tells all on this powerful
PIC! Focuses on examples and exercises that show how to solve common,
real-world design problems quickly. Includes handy checklists. FREE CD-ROM includes
source code in C, the Microchip C30 compiler, and MPLAB SIM. 400 pages paperback.
By Garry Cratt – Latest (7th) Edition 2008 $49.00
Written in Australia, for Australian conditions by one of Australia's foremost
satellite TV experts. If there is anything you wanted to know about setting up
a satellite TV system, (including what you can't do!) it's sure to be covered
in this 176-page paperback book.
See
Review
Feb
2004
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLIES A-Z
PROGRAMMING 32-bit MICROCONTROLLERS
IN C By Luci di Jasio (2008) $79.00*
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO SATELLITE TV
See
Review
March
2010
ELECTRIC MOTORS AND DRIVES
By Austin Hughes & Bill Drury - 4th edition 2013 $59.00*
This is a very easy to read book with very little mathematics or
formulas. It covers the basics of all the main motor types, DC
permanent magnet and wound field, AC induction and steppers and
gives a very good description of how speed control circuits work with these
motors. Soft covers, 444 pages.
NEWNES GUIDE TO TV & VIDEO TECHNOLOGY
By KF Ibrahim 4th Edition (Published 2007) $49.00
It's back! Provides a full and comprehensive coverage of video and television technology including HDTV and DVD. Starts with fundamentals so is
ideal for students but covers in-depth technologies such as Blu-ray, DLP,
Digital TV, etc so is also perfect for engineers. 600+ pages in paperback.
RF CIRCUIT DESIGN
by Chris Bowick, Second Edition, 2008. $63.00*
The classic RF circuit design book. RF circuit design is now more important
that ever in the wireless world. In most of the wireless devices that we use
there is an RF component – this book tells how to design and integrate in a
very practical fashion. 244 pages in paperback.
PRACTICAL RF HANDBOOK
AC MACHINES
By Jim Lowe Published 2006 $66.00*
Applicable to Australian trades-level courses including NE10 AC Machines,
NE12 Synchronous Machines and the AC part of NE30 Electric Motor
Control and Protection. Covering polyphase induction motors, singlephase motors, synchronous machines and polyphase motor starting. 160
pages in paperback.
PRACTICAL VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES &
POWER ELECTRONICS
Se
e
by Malcolm Barnes. 1st Ed, Feb 2003. $73.00* Review
An essential reference for engineers and anyone who wishes
to design or use variable speed drives for induction motors.
286 pages in soft cover.
Feb
2003
BUILD YOUR OWN ELECTRIC MOTORCYCLE
by Carl Vogel. Published 2009. $40.00*
by Ian Hickman. 4th edition 2007 $61.00*
Alternative fuel expert Carl Vogel gives you a hands-on guide with
A guide to RF design for engineers, technicians, students and enthusiasts.
the latest technical information and easy-to-follow instructions
Covers key topics in RF: analog design principles, transmission lines,
for building a two-wheeled electric vehicle – from a streamlined
couplers, transformers, amplifiers, oscillators, modulation, transmitters and
scooter to a full-sized motorcycle. 384 pages in soft cover.
receivers, propagation and antennas. 279 pages in paperback.
*NOTE: ALL PRICES ARE PLUS P&P – AUSTRALIA ONLY: $10.00 per order; NZ – $AU12.00 PER BOOK; REST OF WORLD $AU18.00 PER BOOK
To
Place
Your
Order:
INTERNET (24/7)
PAYPAL (24/7)
eMAIL (24/7)
www.siliconchip.
com.au/Shop/Books
Use your PayPal account
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
with order & credit card details
FAX (24/7)
MAIL (24/7)
Your order and card details to Your order to PO Box 139
Collaroy NSW 2097
(02) 9939 2648 with all details
PHONE – (9-5, Mon-Fri)
Call (02) 9939 3295 with
with order & credit card details
You can also order and pay for books by cheque/money order (Mail Only). Make cheques payable to Silicon Chip Publications.
ALL TITLES SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY. PRICES VALID FOR MONTH OF MAGAZINE ISSUE ONLY. ALL PRICES INCLUDE GST
ALL S ILICON C HIP SUBSCRIBERS – PRINT,
OR BOTH – AUTOMATICALLY QUALIFY FOR A
REFERENCE $ave 10%ONLINE
DISCOUNT ON ALL BOOK OR PARTSHOP PURCHASES.
CHIP BOOKSHOP 10% (Does not apply to subscriptions)
SILICON
For the latest titles and information, please refer to our website books page: www.siliconchip.com.au/Shop/Books
PIC MICROCONTROLLERS: know it all
SELF ON AUDIO
Multiple authors $85.00
The best of subjects Newnes authors have written over the past few years,
combined in a one-stop maxi reference. Covers introduction to PICs and their
programming in Assembly, PICBASIC, MBASIC & C. 900+ pages.
PROGRAMMING and CUSTOMIZING THE
PICAXE By David Lincoln (2nd Ed, 2011) $65.00*
A great aid when wrestling with applications for the PICAXE
See
series of microcontrollers, at beginner, intermediate and
Review
April
advanced levels. Every electronics class, school and library should have a
copy, along with anyone who works with PICAXEs. 300 pages in paperback. 2011
PIC IN PRACTICE
by D W Smith. 2nd Edition - published 2006 $60.00*
Based on popular short courses on the PIC, for professionals, students
and teachers. Can be used at a variety of levels. An ideal introduction to the
world of microcontrollers. 255 pages in paperback.
PIC MICROCONTROLLER – your personal introductory course By John Morton 3rd edition 2005. $60.00*
A unique and practical guide to getting up and running with the PIC. It assumes no knowledge of microcontrollers – ideal introduction for students,
teachers, technicians and electronics enthusiasts. Revised 3rd edition focuses entirely
on re-programmable flash PICs such as 16F54, 16F84 12F508 and 12F675. 226 pages
in paperback.
by Douglas Self 2nd Edition 2006 $69.00*
A collection of 35 classic magazine articles offering a dependable methodology for designing audio power amplifiers to improve performance at every
point without significantly increasing cost. Includes compressors/limiters,
hybrid bipolar/FET amps, electronic switching and more. 467 pages in paperback.
SMALL SIGNAL AUDIO DESIGN
By Douglas Self – First Edition 2010 $95.00*
The latest from the Guru of audio. Explains audio concepts in easy-to-understand language with plenty of examples and reasoning. Inspiration for audio
designers, superb background for audio enthusiasts and especially where it comes to
component peculiarities and limitations. Expensive? Yes. Value for money? YES! Highly
recommended. 558 pages in paperback.
AUDIO POWER AMPLIFIER DESIGN HANDBOOK
by Douglas Self – 5th Edition 2009 $85.00*
"The Bible" on audio power amplifiers. Many revisions and
updates to the previous edition and now has an extra three
chapters covering Class XD, Power Amp Input Systems and
Input Processing and Auxiliarly Subsystems. Not cheap and not a book
for the beginner but if you want the best reference on Audio Power Amps,
you want this one! 463 pages in paperback.
DVD PLAYERS AND DRIVES
by K.F. Ibrahim. Published 2003. $71.00*
OP AMPS FOR EVERYONE
By Bruce Carter – 4th Edition 2013 $83.00*
This is the bible for anyone designing op amp circuits and you don't
have to be an engineer to get the most out of it. It is written in simple language
but gives lots of in-depth info, bridging the gap between the theoretical and the
practical. 281 pages,
A guide to DVD technology and applications, with particular focus
on design issues and pitfalls, maintenance and repair. Ideal for
engineers, technicians, students of consumer electronics and
sales and installation staff. 319 pages in paperback.
by Sanjaya Maniktala, Published April 2012. $83.00
Thoroughly revised! The most comprehensive study available of theoretical and practical aspects of controlling and measuring
EMI in switching power supplies.
Subtitled Exploring the PIC32, a Microchip insider tells all on this powerful
PIC! Focuses on examples and exercises that show how to solve common,
real-world design problems quickly. Includes handy checklists. FREE CD-ROM includes
source code in C, the Microchip C30 compiler, and MPLAB SIM. 400 pages paperback.
By Garry Cratt – Latest (7th) Edition 2008 $49.00
Written in Australia, for Australian conditions by one of Australia's foremost
satellite TV experts. If there is anything you wanted to know about setting up
a satellite TV system, (including what you can't do!) it's sure to be covered
in this 176-page paperback book.
See
Review
Feb
2004
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLIES A-Z
PROGRAMMING 32-bit MICROCONTROLLERS
IN C By Luci di Jasio (2008) $79.00*
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO SATELLITE TV
See
Review
March
2010
ELECTRIC MOTORS AND DRIVES
By Austin Hughes & Bill Drury - 4th edition 2013 $59.00*
This is a very easy to read book with very little mathematics or
formulas. It covers the basics of all the main motor types, DC
permanent magnet and wound field, AC induction and steppers and
gives a very good description of how speed control circuits work with these
motors. Soft covers, 444 pages.
NEWNES GUIDE TO TV & VIDEO TECHNOLOGY
By KF Ibrahim 4th Edition (Published 2007) $49.00
It's back! Provides a full and comprehensive coverage of video and television technology including HDTV and DVD. Starts with fundamentals so is
ideal for students but covers in-depth technologies such as Blu-ray, DLP,
Digital TV, etc so is also perfect for engineers. 600+ pages in paperback.
RF CIRCUIT DESIGN
by Chris Bowick, Second Edition, 2008. $63.00*
The classic RF circuit design book. RF circuit design is now more important
that ever in the wireless world. In most of the wireless devices that we use
there is an RF component – this book tells how to design and integrate in a
very practical fashion. 244 pages in paperback.
PRACTICAL RF HANDBOOK
AC MACHINES
By Jim Lowe Published 2006 $66.00*
Applicable to Australian trades-level courses including NE10 AC Machines,
NE12 Synchronous Machines and the AC part of NE30 Electric Motor
Control and Protection. Covering polyphase induction motors, singlephase motors, synchronous machines and polyphase motor starting. 160
pages in paperback.
PRACTICAL VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES &
POWER ELECTRONICS
Se
e
by Malcolm Barnes. 1st Ed, Feb 2003. $73.00* Review
An essential reference for engineers and anyone who wishes
to design or use variable speed drives for induction motors.
286 pages in soft cover.
Feb
2003
BUILD YOUR OWN ELECTRIC MOTORCYCLE
by Carl Vogel. Published 2009. $40.00*
by Ian Hickman. 4th edition 2007 $61.00*
Alternative fuel expert Carl Vogel gives you a hands-on guide with
A guide to RF design for engineers, technicians, students and enthusiasts.
the latest technical information and easy-to-follow instructions
Covers key topics in RF: analog design principles, transmission lines,
for building a two-wheeled electric vehicle – from a streamlined
couplers, transformers, amplifiers, oscillators, modulation, transmitters and
scooter to a full-sized motorcycle. 384 pages in soft cover.
receivers, propagation and antennas. 279 pages in paperback.
*NOTE: ALL PRICES ARE PLUS P&P – AUSTRALIA ONLY: $10.00 per order; NZ – $AU12.00 PER BOOK; REST OF WORLD $AU18.00 PER BOOK
To
Place
Your
Order:
INTERNET (24/7)
PAYPAL (24/7)
eMAIL (24/7)
www.siliconchip.
com.au/Shop/Books
Use your PayPal account
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
with order & credit card details
FAX (24/7)
MAIL (24/7)
Your order and card details to Your order to PO Box 139
Collaroy NSW 2097
(02) 9939 2648 with all details
PHONE – (9-5, Mon-Fri)
Call (02) 9939 3295 with
with order & credit card details
You can also order and pay for books by cheque/money order (Mail Only). Make cheques payable to Silicon Chip Publications.
ALL TITLES SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY. PRICES VALID FOR MONTH OF MAGAZINE ISSUE ONLY. ALL PRICES INCLUDE GST
|